VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
10-K, 1999-03-04
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: CORNELL DAVID M /TX/ /ADV, SC 13G/A, 1999-03-04
Next: VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP, DEF 14A, 1999-03-04




================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   ----------

                                    FORM 10-K

                                   ----------

(Mark One)

    [X]          ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

                                       OR

    [ ]        TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

             FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM __________ TO __________


                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-11179

                                   ----------

                             VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


             NEW JERSEY                                         22-2477875
   -------------------------------                        ----------------------
   (State or other jurisdiction of                           (I.R.S. employer
   incorporation or organization)                         identification number)

         1455 VALLEY ROAD
         WAYNE, NEW JERSEY                                        07474
- ---------------------------------------                         ----------
(Address of principal executive office)                         (Zip code)

 
                                  973-305-8800
              ----------------------------------------------------
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
           -----------------------------------------------------------
                                      NONE


           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:


    Title of each class                Name of each exchange on which registered
- --------------------------             -----------------------------------------
COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE                       NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE


     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the Registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                              YES  X     NO 
                                  ---       ---

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  [ ]

     The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the Registrant was approximately $1.4 billion on December 31, 1998.

     There were 55,277,593 shares of Common Stock outstanding at February 1,
1999.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

     Certain portions of the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement (the "1999
Proxy Statement") for the 1999 Annual Meeting of shareholders to be held April
7, 1999 will be incorporated by reference in Part III.

================================================================================



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
PART I
  Item 1.  Business .......................................................   3
  Item 2.  Properties .....................................................   6
  Item 3.  Legal Proceedings ..............................................   7
  Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ............   7
  Item 4A. Executive Officers of the Registrant ...........................   7

PART II
  Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related 
            Shareholder Matters ...........................................   8
  Item 6.  Selected Financial Data ........................................   9
  Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
            Condition and Results of Operations ...........................  10
  Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:
            Valley National Bancorp and Subsidiaries:
             Consolidated Statements of Income ............................  30
             Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition ...............  31
             Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity ...  32
             Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ........................  33
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...................  34
             Independent Auditors' Report .................................  57
  Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting 
            and Financial Disclosure ......................................  58

PART III
  Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant .............  58
  Item 11. Executive Compensation .........................................  58
  Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 
            and Management ................................................  58
  Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions .................  58

PART IV
  Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports
            on Form 8-K ...................................................  58
  Signatures ..............................................................  61


                                       2



<PAGE>






                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     Valley National Bancorp ("Valley") is a New Jersey corporation incorporated
as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended
("Holding Company Act"). At December 31, 1998, Valley had consolidated total
assets of $5.5 billion, total deposits of $4.7 billion, and total shareholders'
equity of $555.8 million. Its principal subsidiary is Valley National Bank
("VNB").

     VNB is a national banking association chartered in 1927 under the laws of
the United States. VNB provides a full range of commercial and retail banking
services through 105 branch offices located in northern New Jersey. These
services include the following: the acceptance of demand, savings and time
deposits; extension of consumer, real estate, Small Business Administration
("SBA") and other commercial credits; and full personal and corporate trust
services, as well as pension and fiduciary services.

     VNB has several wholly-owned subsidiaries which include a mortgage
servicing company, an investment company which holds, maintains and manages
investment assets for VNB, a subsidiary which owns and services auto loans and
an Edge Act Corporation which is the holding company for a wholly-owned finance
company located in Toronto, Canada. The mortgage servicing company services
loans for others as well as VNB. Early in 1999, VNB completed the liquidation of
its subsidiary which owned and managed residential mortgage loans, and the
remaining assets were transferred as a final dividend to VNB.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

     On December 17, 1998 Valley signed a definitive merger agreement with
Ramapo Financial Corporation ("Ramapo"), parent of The Ramapo Bank, an 8 branch
bank headquartered in Wayne, New Jersey. At December 31, 1998 Ramapo had total
assets of $337.8 million and deposits of $295.5 million. The transaction is
expected to close in the second quarter of 1999 and will be accounted for using
the pooling of interests method of accounting. There were approximately 8.1
million shares of Ramapo common stock outstanding at December 31, 1998. The
merger agreement provides that 0.425 shares of Valley common stock will be
exchanged for each share of Ramapo common stock.

     On October 16, 1998, Valley consummated its previously announced merger
with Wayne Bancorp, Inc. ("Wayne"), parent of Wayne Savings Bank, F.S.B. ("Wayne
Savings"), headquartered in Wayne, New Jersey. At the date of acquisition, Wayne
had total assets of $272.0 million and deposits of $206.0 million, with 6 branch
offices. The transaction was accounted for using the pooling of interests method
of accounting and resulted in the issuance of approximately 2.4 million shares
of Valley common stock. Each share of common stock of Wayne was exchanged for
1.1 shares of Valley common stock. All financial information in this Form 10-K
has been restated for prior years to include Wayne with the exception of share
data for the years 1996 and prior which have not been restated for the
acquisition of Wayne as the issuance of capital stock in connection with the
conversion from the mutual to stock form of Wayne Savings occurred on June 27,
1996.

COMPETITION

     The market for banking and bank-related services is highly competitive.
Valley and its subsidiary compete with other providers of financial services
such as other bank holding companies, commercial and savings banks, savings and
loan associations, credit unions, money market and mutual funds, mortgage
companies, and a growing list of other local, regional and national institutions
which offer financial services. Mergers between financial institutions within
New Jersey and in neighboring states have added competitive pressure.
Competition is expected to intensify as a consequence of interstate banking laws
now in effect or that may be in effect in the future. Valley and its subsidiary
compete by offering quality products and convenient services at competitive
prices. In order to maintain and enhance its competitive position, Valley
regularly reviews its products, locations and various acquisition prospects and
periodically engages in discussions regarding such possible acquisitions.

EMPLOYEES

     At December 31, 1998, VNB and its subsidiaries employed 1,752 full-time
equivalent persons. Management considers relations with employees to be
satisfactory.

                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     The banking industry is highly regulated. Statutory and regulatory controls
increase a bank holding company's cost of doing business and limit the options
of its management to deploy assets and maximize income. The following 


                                       3



<PAGE>


discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated
by the banking laws or of the impact of such laws and regulations on the bank.
It is intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions.

BANK HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

     Valley is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Holding Company
Act. As a bank holding company, Valley is supervised by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System ("FRB") and is required to file reports with the
FRB and provide such additional information as the FRB may require.

     The Holding Company Act prohibits Valley, with certain exceptions, from
acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of
the voting shares of any company which is not a bank and from engaging in any
business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or
furnishing services to subsidiary banks, except that it may, upon application,
engage in, and may own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found
by the FRB to be so closely related to banking "as to be a proper incident
thereto." The Holding Company Act requires prior approval by the FRB of the
acquisition by Valley of more than five percent of the voting stock of any
additional bank. Satisfactory capital ratios and Community Reinvestment Act
ratings are generally prerequisites to obtaining federal regulatory approval to
make acquisitions. Acquisitions through Valley National Bank require approval of
the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States ("OCC"). Statewide
branching is permitted in New Jersey. The Holding Company Act does not place
territorial restrictions on the activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank
holding companies.

     The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994
(the "Interstate Banking and Branching Act") enabled bank holding companies to
acquire banks in states other than its home state, regardless of applicable
state law. The Interstate Banking and Branching Act also authorized banks to
merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches. Under such
legislation, each state had the opportunity to "opt out" of this provision.
Furthermore, a state may "opt-in" with respect to de novo branching, thereby
permitting a bank to open new branches in a state in which the bank does not
already have a branch. Without de novo branching, an out-of-state commercial
bank can enter the state only by acquiring an existing bank or branch. The vast
majority of states have allowed interstate banking by merger but not authorized
de novo branching.

     New Jersey enacted legislation to authorize interstate banking and
branching and the entry into New Jersey of foreign country banks. New Jersey did
not authorize de novo branching into the state. However, under federal law,
federal savings banks which meet certain conditions may branch de novo into a
state, regardless of state law.

     Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry
are frequently introduced in Congress, in the state legislatures and before the
various bank regulatory agencies. The likelihood and timing of any such changes
and the impact such changes might have on Valley cannot be determined at this
time.

     The policy of the FRB provides that a bank holding company is expected to
act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit
resources to support such subsidiary bank in circumstances in which it might not
do so absent such policy.

REGULATION OF BANK SUBSIDIARY

     VNB is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the
OCC.

     Various laws and the regulations thereunder applicable to Valley and its
bank subsidiary impose restrictions and requirements in many areas, including
capital requirements, the maintenance of reserves, establishment of new offices,
the making of loans and investments, consumer protection, employment practices
and entry into new types of business. There are various legal limitations,
including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, the extent to which a
bank subsidiary may finance or otherwise supply funds to its holding company or
its holding company's non-bank subsidiaries. Under federal law, no bank
subsidiary may, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans or extensions
of credit to, or investments in the securities of, its parent or the non-bank
subsidiaries of its parent (other than direct subsidiaries of such bank) or take
their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Each bank subsidiary
is also subject to collateral security requirements for any loans or extensions
of credit permitted by such exceptions.

DIVIDEND LIMITATIONS

     Valley is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries.
Valley's revenues (on a parent company only basis) result in substantial part
from dividends paid to Valley by VNB. Payment of dividends to Valley by its


                                       4


<PAGE>


subsidiary bank, without prior regulatory approval, is subject to regulatory
limitations. Under the National Bank Act, dividends may be declared only if,
after payment thereof, capital would be unimpaired and remaining surplus would
equal 100 percent of capital. Moreover, a national bank may declare, in any one
year, dividends only in an amount aggregating not more than the sum of its net
profits for such year and its retained net profits for the preceding two years.
Under this limitation, VNB could declare dividends in 1999 to Valley without
prior approval of the OCC of up to $46.5 million plus an amount equal to VNB's
net profits for 1999 to the date of such dividend declaration. In addition, the
bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prohibit a bank subsidiary from
paying dividends or otherwise supplying funds to Valley if the supervising
agency determines that such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound
banking practice.

LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES

     VNB's authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and
10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is
currently governed by the requirements of the National Bank Act and Regulation O
of the FRB thereunder. Among other things, these provisions require that
extensions of credit to insiders (i) be made on terms that are substantially the
same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent
than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and
that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other
unfavorable features and (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of
credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits
are based, in part, on the amount of the bank's capital. In addition, extensions
of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by the bank's board of
directors.

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT

     Under the Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA"), as implemented by OCC
regulations, a national bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation
consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of
its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA
does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial
institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types
of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular
community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with
its examination of a national bank, to assess the association's record of
meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account
in its evaluation of certain applications by such association. The CRA also
requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. VNB
received a "Satisfactory" CRA rating in its most recent examination.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACTIVITIES OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES

     Valley's activities in Canada are conducted through VNB and in the United
States are subject to Section 25 and 25A of the Federal Reserve Act, certain
regulations under the National Bank Act and, primarily, Regulation K promulgated
by the FRB. Under these provisions, VNB may invest no more than 10% of its
capital in foreign banking operations. In addition to investments, VNB may
extend credit or guarantee loans for these entities and such loans or guarantees
are generally not subject to the loans to one person limitation, although they
are subject to prudent banking limitations. The foreign banking operations of
VNB are subject to supervision by the FRB, as well as the OCC. In Canada, VNB's
activities also are subject to the laws and regulations of Canada and to
regulation by Canadian banking authorities. Regulation K generally restricts
activities by United States banks outside of the United States to activities
that are permitted for banks within the United States. As a consequence,
activities by VNB through its subsidiaries outside of the United States would
generally be limited to banking and activities closely related to banking with
certain significant exceptions.

FIRREA

     Under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of
1989 ("FIRREA"), a depository institution insured by the FDIC can be held liable
for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in
connection with (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository
institution or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled
FDIC-insured depository institution in danger of default. These provisions have
commonly been referred to as FIRREA's "cross guarantee" provisions. Further,
under FIRREA the failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank to a
variety of enforcement remedies available to federal regulatory authorities.


                                       5



<PAGE>


     FIRREA also imposes certain independent appraisal requirements upon a
bank's real estate lending activities and further imposes certain loan-to-value
restrictions on a bank's real estate lending activities. The bank regulators
have promulgated regulations in these areas.

FDICIA

     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
("FDICIA") required each federal banking agency to revise its risk-based capital
standards to ensure that those standards take adequate account of interest rate
risk, concentration of credit risk and the risks of non-traditional activities.
In addition, pursuant to FDICIA, each federal banking agency has promulgated
regulations, specifying the levels at which a financial institution would be
considered "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized,"
"significantly undercapitalized," or "critically undercapitalized," and to take
certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions based on the capital
level of the institution.

     The OCC's regulations implementing these provisions of FDICIA provide that
an institution will be classified as "well capitalized" if it (i) has a total
risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio of at least 6.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at
least 5.0 percent, and (iv) meets certain other requirements. An institution
will be classified as "adequately capitalized" if it (i) has a total risk-based
capital ratio of at least 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio of at least 4.0 percent, (iii) has Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) at least
4.0 percent or (b) at least 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its
most recent examination, and (iv) does not meet the definition of "well
capitalized." An institution will be classified as "undercapitalized" if it (i)
has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1
leverage ratio of (a) less than 4.0 percent or (b) less than 3.0 percent if the
institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination. An institution will be
classified as "significantly undercapitalized" if it (i) has a total risk-based
capital ratio of less than 6.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio of less than 3.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less
than 3.0 percent. An institution will be classified as "critically
undercapitalized" if it has a tangible equity to total assets ratio that is
equal to or less than 2.0 percent. An insured depository institution may be
deemed to be in a lower capitalization category if it receives an unsatisfactory
examination.

     In addition, significant provisions of FDICIA required federal banking
regulators to impose standards in a number of other important areas to assure
bank safety and soundness, including internal controls, information systems and
internal audit systems, credit underwriting, asset growth, compensation, loan
documentation and interest rate exposure.

BIF PREMIUMS AND RECAPITALIZATION OF SAIF

     VNB is a member of the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") of the FDIC. The FDIC
also maintains another insurance fund, the Savings Association Insurance Fund
("SAIF"), which primarily covers savings and loan association deposits but also
covers deposits that are acquired by a BIF-insured institution from a savings
and loan association ("Oakar deposits"). VNB had approximately $1.4 billion of
deposits at December 31, 1998, with respect to which VNB pays SAIF insurance
premiums.

     The Economic Growth and Regulatory Reduction Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act")
signed into law on September 30, 1996, included the Deposit Insurance Funds Act
of 1996 (the "Funds Act") under which the FDIC was required to impose a special
assessment on SAIF-assessable deposits to recapitalize the SAIF. Under the Funds
Act, the FDIC also will charge assessments for SAIF and BIF deposits in a 5 to 1
ratio to pay Financing Corp. ("FICO") bonds until January 1, 2000, at which time
the assessment will be equal. A FICO rate of approximately 1.29 basis points
will be charged on BIF deposits, and approximately 6.44 basis points will be
charged on SAIF deposits. Oaker deposits will be treated as SAIF deposits for
purposes of the FICO bond assessment. After the 1996 Act, SAIF deposit
assessments were lowered to the BIF assessment level, except for the FICO bond
assessment. The 1996 Act instituted a number of other regulatory relief
provisions.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     VNB's corporate headquarters consist of three office buildings located
adjacent to each other in Wayne, New Jersey. These headquarters encompass
commercial, mortgage and consumer lending, the operations and data 


                                       6


<PAGE>


processing center, and the executive offices of both Valley and VNB. Two of the
three buildings are owned by VNB, the other building is leased.

     VNB provides banking services at 105 locations of which 45 locations are
owned and 60 locations are leased.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     There were no material pending legal proceedings to which Valley or any of
its direct or indirect subsidiaries were a party, or to which their property was
subject, other than ordinary routine litigations incidental to business and
which had no material effect on the presentation of the financial statements
contained in this report.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     None

ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Executive
                                  Age at         Officer
             Names           December 31, 1998    Since                    Office
             -----           -----------------   -------                   ------

<S>                                 <C>           <C>          <C>
Gerald H. Lipkin ..........         57            1975         Chairman of the Board, President
                                                                and Chief Executive Officer of
                                                                Valley and VNB

Peter Southway ............         64            1965         Vice Chairman of Valley and VNB

Peter Crocitto ............         41            1991         Executive Vice President of
                                                                Valley and VNB

Robert M. Meyer ...........         52            1997         Executive Vice President of
                                                                Valley and VNB

Peter John Southway .......         38            1989         Executive Vice President of
                                                                Valley and VNB

Alan D. Eskow .............         50            1993         Corporate Secretary, Senior Vice
                                                                President and Controller of
                                                                Valley and VNB

Albert L. Engel ...........         50            1998         First Senior Vice President of VNB

Robert J. Farnon ..........         60            1998         First Senior Vice President of VNB

Robert E. Farrell .........         52            1990         First Senior Vice President of VNB

Richard P. Garber .........         55            1992         First Senior Vice President of VNB

Alan D. Lipsky ............         54            1994         First Senior Vice President of VNB

Robert Mulligan ...........         51            1991         First Senior Vice President of VNB

John H. Prol ..............         61            1992         First Senior Vice President of VNB

Jack M. Blackin ...........         56            1993         Senior Vice President of Valley
                                                                and VNB
</TABLE>


All officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.


                                       7


<PAGE>


                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

     Valley's common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under
the symbol VLY. The following table sets forth for each quarter period indicated
the high and low sales prices for the common stock of Valley, as reported by the
NYSE, and the dividends paid per share for each quarter. The amounts shown in
the table below have been adjusted for all stock dividends.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Year 1998                                Year 1997
                           ----------------------------------        ---------------------------------
                             High          Low       Dividend          High          Low      Dividend
                           --------     ---------    --------        ---------    ---------   --------
<S>                       <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>  
First Quarter ...........  $34          $28-13/64      $0.22         $21-15/64    $19-21/64     $0.19
Second Quarter ..........   34-3/32      28-13/16       0.25          22-1/2       20-3/16       0.22
Third Quarter ...........   36           25-3/4         0.25          25-13/32     21-21/32      0.22
Fourth Quarter ..........   30           23-3/4         0.25          32-19/64     24-19/64      0.22
</TABLE>


     Federal laws and regulations contain restrictions on the ability of Valley
and VNB to pay dividends. For information regarding restrictions on dividends,
see Part I, Item 1, "Business--Dividend Limitations" and Part II, Item 8,
"Financial Statements and Supplementary Data--Note 15 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements".

     There were 7,454 registered shareholders of record as of December 31, 1998.


                                       8


<PAGE>


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
Valley's Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes presented
elsewhere herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Years Ended December 31,
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998            1997           1996            1995            1994
                                                 -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                             (in thousands, except per share data)
                                                                                         
<S>                                              <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>        
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS:
Interest income (taxable equivalent) ..........  $   394,420     $   393,362    $   376,295     $   367,019     $   338,801
Interest expense ..............................      160,104         165,885        162,791         160,276         130,002
                                                 -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
Net interest income (taxable equivalent) ......      234,316         227,477        213,504         206,743         208,799
Less: tax equivalent adjustment ...............        4,764           6,278          7,669           8,535           8,885
                                                 -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
 Net interest income ..........................      229,552         221,199        205,835         198,208         199,914
Provision for possible loan losses ............       12,370          12,650          3,556           3,321           6,300
                                                 -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
 Net interest income after provision                                                                           
  for possible loan losses ....................      217,182         208,549        202,279         194,887         193,614
Gains on securities transactions, net .........        1,418           2,150            781           1,109           6,219
Non-interest income ...........................       41,655          40,862         29,455          23,612          21,447
Non-interest expense ..........................      134,757         129,218        124,532         109,674         109,513
                                                 -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
Income before income taxes ....................      125,498         122,343        107,983         109,934         111,767
Income tax expense ............................       28,150          35,397         36,479          42,030          41,804
                                                 -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
    Net income ................................  $    97,348     $    86,946    $    71,504     $    67,904     $    69,963
                                                 ===========     ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
                                                                                                               
PER COMMON SHARE (1)(2):                                                                                       
Earnings per share:                                                                                            
 Basic ........................................  $     1.77       $     1.58     $     1.33     $      1.24     $     1.27
 Diluted ......................................        1.75             1.57           1.33            1.24           1.26
Dividends .....................................        0.97             0.85           0.76            0.72           0.69
Book value ....................................       10.06             9.23           8.16            7.94           7.05
Weighted average shares outstanding:                                                                           
 Basic ........................................   54,987,473      54,906,154     53,074,424      54,051,473     53,651,151
 Diluted ......................................   55,607,255      55,294,894     53,459,884      54,202,909     54,289,690
                                                                                                               
RATIOS:                                                                                                        
Return on average assets ......................         1.82%           1.63%          1.37%           1.34%          1.42%
Return on average shareholders' equity ........        18.47           17.93          15.74           15.99          17.96
Average shareholders' equity to                                                                                
 average assets ...............................         9.86            9.07           8.71            8.40           7.91
Dividend payout ...............................        53.47           52.16          53.92           55.43          50.11
Risk-based capital:                                                                
 Tier 1 capital ...............................        13.29           13.34          12.60           14.12          13.96
 Total capital ................................        14.51           14.44          13.88           15.32          15.21
Leverage capital ..............................        10.12            9.34           8.51            8.40           8.23
                                                                                                               
FINANCIAL CONDITION AT YEAR-END:                                                                               
Assets ........................................  $ 5,541,207     $ 5,360,698    $ 5,359,628     $ 5,217,900    $ 4,996,980
Loans, net of allowance .......................    3,927,982       3,754,892      3,570,651       3,119,837      2,902,003
Deposits ......................................    4,674,689       4,602,321      4,746,012       4,645,955      4,409,250
Shareholders' equity ..........................      555,787         509,303        467,295         449,737        395,154
                                                                                                     
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  All per share amounts have been restated to reflect the 5 for 4 stock split
     issued May 18, 1998, and all prior stock dividends.


(2)  Share and earnings per share data for the years 1996 and prior have not
     been restated for the acquisition of Wayne Bancorp, Inc. as the issuance of
     capital stock in connection with the conversion from the mutual to stock
     form of Wayne Savings Bank occurred on June 27, 1996.


                                       9


<PAGE>


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
        AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The purpose of this analysis is to provide the reader with information
relevant to understanding and assessing Valley's results of operations for each
of the past three years and financial condition for each of the past two years.
In order to fully appreciate this analysis the reader is encouraged to review
the consolidated financial statements and statistical data presented in this
document.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD- LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This Form 10-K, both in the MD & A and elsewhere, contains forward-looking
statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about
management's confidence and strategies and management's expectations about new
and existing programs and products, relationships, opportunities, technology and
market conditions. These statements may be identified by an "asterisk" (*) or
such forward-looking terminology as "expect," "look," "believe," "anticipate,"
"may," "will," or similar statements or variations of such terms. Such
forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties. These
include, but are not limited to, the direction of interest rates, continued
levels of loan quality and origination volume, continued relationships with
major customers including sources for loans, successful completion of the
implementation of Year 2000 technology changes, as well as the effects of
economic conditions and legal and regulatory barriers and structure. Actual
results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Valley
assumes no obligation for updating any such forward-looking statement at any
time.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

     On December 17, 1998 Valley signed a definitive merger agreement with
Ramapo Financial Corporation ("Ramapo"), parent of The Ramapo Bank, an 8 branch
bank headquartered in Wayne, New Jersey. At December 31, 1998, Ramapo had total
assets of $337.8 million and deposits of $295.5 million. The transaction is
expected to close in the second quarter of 1999 and will be accounted for using
the pooling of interests method of accounting. There were approximately 8.1
million shares of Ramapo common stock outstanding at December 31, 1998. The
merger agreement provides that 0.425 shares of Valley common stock will be
exchanged for each share of Ramapo common stock.

     On October 16, 1998, Valley consummated its previously announced merger
with Wayne Bancorp, Inc. ("Wayne"), parent of Wayne Savings Bank, F.S.B. ("Wayne
Savings"), headquartered in Wayne, New Jersey. At the date of acquisition, Wayne
had total assets of $272.0 million and deposits of $206.0 million, with 6 branch
offices located in Bergen, Essex and Passaic County, New Jersey. The transaction
was accounted for using the pooling of interests method of accounting and
resulted in the issuance of approximately 2.4 million shares of Valley common
stock. Each share of common stock of Wayne was exchanged for 1.1 shares of
Valley common stock.

EARNINGS SUMMARY

     Net income was $97.3 million, or $1.75 diluted earnings per share, in 1998
compared with $86.9 million, or $1.57 diluted earnings per share, in 1997 (all
financial information has been restated for the Wayne acquisition and per share
amounts have been restated to give effect to a 5 for 4 stock split issued in May
1998). Return on average assets increased in 1998 to 1.82% from 1.63% in 1997,
while the return on average equity also increased to 18.47% in 1998 from 17.93%
in 1997.

     The increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 1998, can be
primarily attributed to an increase in net interest income of $8.4 million and a
reduction in income tax expense, offset by merger-related charges of $3.2
million, net of tax, recorded in connection with the Wayne merger.

NET INTEREST INCOME

     Net interest income is the largest source of Valley's operating income. Net
interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased to $234.3 million for 1998
as compared to $227.5 million for 1997. The increase in net interest income is
due to a widening spread between the yield earned on interest-earning assets and
funding costs, a modest increase in interest earning assets and the movement of
earning assets out of the investment portfolio and into higher yielding loans.
The net interest margin increased to 4.60% for 1998 compared to 4.49% for 1997.

     Average interest earning assets increased $27.6 million in 1998, or 0.5%
over the 1997 amount. This increase was mainly the result of increased volume of
automobile loans and commercial mortgage loans. Average loans 


                                       10


<PAGE>


increased by $192.5 million or 5.3% over the 1997 amount. Interest income on
loans for 1998 increased by $13.1 million over 1997 primarily as a result of an
increase in average loans. Offsetting this increase was a decline of $207.2
million in average investment securities or 15.4% from the amount in the
portfolio during 1997. Valley purchased approximately $111.8 million of trust
preferred investment securities, funded by borrowings from the Federal Home Loan
Bank, during the latter part of the fourth quarter of 1998, as part of a
leveraging strategy to increase interest earning assets and net interest income.
There was minimal effect on average interest earning assets and net interest
income for 1998, but the strategy is expected to impact the financial results
for 1999. This strategy is expected to expand in 1999 as Valley continues to
leverage its strong capital position to grow its balance sheet in a strategy
expected to also increase its net income and earnings per share.*

     Average interest-bearing liabilities for 1998 declined $80.1 million from
1997. Average demand deposits continued to grow and increased by $51.5 million
or 7.2% over 1997 balances. Average savings deposits decreased by $13.1 million
or 0.7%, and average time deposits, mostly rate sensitive municipal deposits,
decreased by $129.0 million or 6.1%. Average other borrowings increased $54.5
million for 1998 in comparison to 1997 as Valley increased its borrowings from
the Federal Home Loan Bank.

     The following table reflects the components of net interest income for each
of the three years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.


                                       11


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                                ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND
                                           NET INTEREST EARNINGS ON A TAX EQUIVALENT BASIS
<CAPTION>

                                            1998                              1997                                1996
                            ---------------------------------  ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                             Average                  Average   Average                  Average    Average                  Average
                             Balance      Interest      Rate    Balance      Interest      Rate     Balance      Interest      Rate
                            ----------    --------    -------  ----------    --------    -------   ----------    --------      ---- 

                                                                      (in thousands)

<S>                         <C>           <C>           <C>    <C>           <C>           <C>     <C>           <C>           <C>  
ASSETS
Interest earning assets
Loans (1)(2) .............. $3,844,174    $317,020      8.25%  $3,651,648    $303,888      8.32%   $3,334,825    $277,543      8.32%
Taxable investments (3) ...    963,450      58,951      6.12    1,113,204      69,633      6.26     1,213,657      74,967      6.18
Tax-exempt
 investments(1)(3) ........    173,740      12,131      6.98      231,191      15,917      6.88       288,522      19,626      6.80
Federal funds sold and
 other short-term
 investments ..............    116,993       6,318      5.40       74,725       3,924      5.25        78,934       4,159      5.27
                            ----------    --------      ----   ----------    --------      ----    ----------    --------      ---- 
Total interest earning
 assets ...................  5,098,357    $394,420      7.74    5,070,768    $393,362      7.76     4,915,938    $376,295      7.65
                                          --------      ----                 --------      ----                  --------      ---- 
Allowance for possible
 loan losses ..............    (49,539)                           (47,285)                            (47,600)
Cash and due from
 banks ....................    132,687                            151,979                             170,019
Other assets ..............    157,709                            170,462                             181,712
Unrealized gain (loss)
 on securities available
 for sale .................      7,777                               (290)                             (4,732)
                            ----------                         ----------                          ----------
Total assets .............. $5,346,991                         $5,345,634                          $5,215,337
                            ==========                         ==========                          ==========

LIABILITIES AND
 SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest bearing
 liabilities
Savings deposits .......... $1,850,646    $ 43,372      2.34%  $1,863,764    $ 44,529      2.39%   $1,887,878    $ 45,143      2.39%
Time deposits .............  1,976,293     105,395      5.33    2,105,307     113,582      5.40     2,095,152     112,795      5.38
                            ----------    --------      ----   ----------    --------      ----    ----------    --------      ---- 
Total interest bearing
 deposits .................  3,826,939     148,767      3.89    3,969,071     158,111      3.98     3,983,030     157,938      3.97
Federal funds purchased
 and other short-term
 borrowings ...............     53,629       2,531      4.72       46,090       2,303      5.00        38,438       1,776      4.62
Other borrowings ..........    142,087       8,806      6.20       87,611       5,471      6.24        52,825       3,077      5.82
                            ----------    --------      ----   ----------    --------      ----    ----------    --------      ---- 
Total interest bearing
 liabilities ..............  4,022,655     160,104      3.98    4,102,772     165,885      4.04     4,074,293     162,791      4.00
                                          --------      ----                 --------      ----                  --------      ---- 
Demand deposits ...........    763,559                            712,090                             640,399
Other liabilities .........     33,692                             45,844                              46,281
Shareholders' equity ......    527,085                            484,928                             454,364
                            ----------                         ----------                          ----------
Total liabilities and
 shareholders' equity ..... $5,346,991                         $5,345,634                          $5,215,337
                            ==========                         ==========                          ==========
Net interest income
 (tax equivalent basis) ...                234,316                            227,477                             213,504
Tax equivalent adjustment .                 (4,764)                            (6,278)                             (7,669)
                                          --------                           --------                            --------
Net interest income .......               $229,552                           $221,199                            $205,835
                                          ========                           ========                            ========
Net interest rate 
 differential .............                             3.76%                              3.72%                               3.65%
                                                        ----                               ----                                ---- 
Net interest margin (4) ...                             4.60%                              4.49%                               4.34%
                                                        ====                               ====                                ==== 
- ----------------

(1) Interest income is presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 35% tax rate.

(2) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include non-accrual loans.

(3) The yield for securities that are classified as available for sale is based on the average historical amortized cost.

(4) Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis as a percentage of earning assets.

</TABLE>


                                                                 12


<PAGE>


     The following table demonstrates the relative impact on net interest income
of changes in volume of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and
changes in rates earned and paid by Valley on such assets and liabilities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                CHANGE IN INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE ON A TAX EQUIVALENT BASIS

                                                   1998 Compared to 1997                      1997 Compared to 1996
                                                   Increase(decrease)(2)                      Increase(decrease)(2)
                                          --------------------------------------      ----------------------------------
                                           Interest       Volume         Rate         Interest       Volume         Rate
                                           --------      --------      --------       --------       -------       -----
                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>   
Interest income:
 Loans (1) .............................   $13,132        $15,898       $(2,766)       $26,345       $26,177       $  168
 Taxable investments ...................   (10,682)        (9,192)       (1,490)        (5,334)       (6,095)         761
 Tax-exempt investments(1) .............    (3,786)        (4,008)          222         (3,709)       (3,944)         235
 Federal funds sold and
  other short-term investments .........     2,394          2,280           114           (235)         (204)         (31)
                                           -------        -------       -------        -------       -------       ------
                                             1,058          4,978        (3,920)        17,067        15,934        1,133
                                           -------        -------       -------        -------       -------       ------

Interest expense:

 Savings deposits ......................    (1,157)          (312)         (845)          (614)         (587)         (27)
 Time deposits .........................    (8,187)        (6,893)       (1,294)           787           574          213
 Federal funds purchased and
  other short-term borrowings ..........       228            361          (133)           527           374          153
Other borrowings .......................     3,335          3,377           (42)         2,394         2,207          187
                                           -------        -------       -------        -------       -------       ------
                                            (5,781)        (3,467)       (2,314)         3,094         2,568          526
                                           -------        -------       -------        -------       -------       ------
Net interest income
 (tax equivalent basis) ................   $ 6,839        $ 8,445       $(1,606)       $13,973       $13,366       $  607
                                           =======        =======       =======        =======       =======       ======
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Interest income is adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using a 35% tax rate.

(2)  Variances resulting from a combination of changes in volume and rates are
     allocated to the categories in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of
     the change in each category.


                                       13

<PAGE>


Non-Interest Income

     The following table presents the components of non-interest  income for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               NON-INTEREST INCOME

                                                                         Years Ended December 31,
                                                               ------------------------------------------
                                                                 1998              1997             1996
                                                               -------           -------          -------
                                                                              (in thousands)

<S>                                                            <C>               <C>              <C>    
      Trust income .......................................     $ 1,375           $ 1,162          $ 1,080
      Service charges on deposit accounts ................      12,674            12,063           11,268
      Gains on securities transactions, net ..............       1,418             2,150              781
      Fees from loan servicing ...........................       7,382             5,576            4,835
      Credit card fee income .............................      10,153            12,643            5,549
      Gains on sales of loans, net .......................       4,863             3,634            1,839
      Other ..............................................       5,208             5,784            4,884
                                                               -------           -------          -------
        Total ............................................     $43,073           $43,012          $30,236
                                                               =======           =======          =======
</TABLE>


     Fees from loan servicing increased by 32.4% from $5.6 million in 1997 to
$7.4 million in 1998. Included in these fees are gross servicing fees and
related ancillary fees for servicing mortgage portfolios owned by VNB Mortgage
Services, Inc. ("MSI"), VNB's mortgage servicing subsidiary. MSI serviced loans
for other investors of $1.6 billion and $1.2 billion as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively. The increase in the servicing portfolio was due to the
acquisition of several portfolios totaling approximately $734.0 million, the
origination of new loans by VNB and their subsequent sale with servicing
retained, offset by principal paydowns and prepayments.

     Also included in fees from loan servicing are fees for servicing SBA loans.
VNB serviced a total of $78.1 million and $69.7 million of SBA loans as of
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, for third-party investors. The
increase in the serviced portfolio was due to the origination of new loans by
VNB, which were sold to third-party investors.

     Credit card fee income declined by $2.5 million or 19.7%. The decrease was
the result of the loss of fee income from the sale of the merchant processing
operation during 1997 and the reduced volume of co-branded credit card
transactions.

     Gains on the sales of loans were $4.9 million for 1998 compared to $3.6
million for 1997. Gains are recorded primarily from mortgage banking activity
related to residential mortgage loans and the sale of SBA loans in the secondary
market.

     The significant component of other non-interest income is safe deposit
rentals. Other non-interest income decreased $576 thousand to $5.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998 in comparison to the same period in 1997. The
decrease in other non-interest income was due to a one-time gain of $1.6 million
recorded on the sale of VNB's merchant credit card business during 1997. Safe
deposit rental income remained relatively unchanged and totaled $952 thousand
for 1998.

                                       14

<PAGE>


   Non-Interest Expense

     The following table presents the components of non-interest expense for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

                                                               Years Ended December 31,
                                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                       1998              1997             1996
                                                     --------          --------         --------
                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>              <C>     
      Salary expense ...........................     $ 51,792          $ 46,738         $ 46,201
      Employee benefit expense .................       12,327            11,596           10,813
      FDIC insurance premiums ..................        1,270             1,205           10,083
      Net occupancy expense ....................       12,877            11,653           11,832
      Furniture and equipment expense ..........        8,338             8,036            7,665
      Credit card expense ......................        9,066            17,520            7,518
      Amortization of intangible assets ........        5,546             3,441            3,009
      Merger-related charges ...................        4,539               --               --
      Other ....................................       29,002            29,029           27,411
                                                     --------          --------         --------
        Total ..................................     $134,757          $129,218         $124,532
                                                     ========          ========         ========
</TABLE>

     Non-interest expense totaled $134.8 million for 1998, an increase of 4.3%
from the 1997 level. The largest components of non-interest expense are salaries
and employee benefit expense which totaled $64.1 million in 1998 compared to
$58.3 million in 1997. At December 31, 1998, full-time equivalent staff was
1,752, compared to 1,699 at the end of 1997.

     The efficiency ratio measures a bank's gross operating expense as a
percentage of fully-taxable equivalent net interest income and other
non-interest income without taking into account security gains and losses and
other non-recurring items. Valley's efficiency ratio for the year ended December
31, 1998 was 46.7%, one of the lowest in the industry, compared with an
efficiency ratio for 1997 of 47.7%. Valley strives to control its efficiency
ratio and expenses as a means of producing increased earnings for its
shareholders.

     Credit card expense includes cardmember rebates, processing expenses and
fraud losses. The decrease in credit card expenses is directly attributable to
an amendment made to the co-branded credit card program during the fourth
quarter of 1997, which reduced the amount of cardmember rebates paid by Valley.

     Amortization of intangible assets increased to $5.5 million in 1998 from
$3.4 million in 1997, representing an increase of $2.1 million or 61.2%. The
majority of this increase resulted from the amortization of loan servicing
rights totaling $4.8 million during 1998, compared with $2.6 million for 1997.
Declining interest rates are responsible for a large amount of prepayments on
mortgage loans, resulting in an increase in amortization expense to reduce the
unamortized balance of servicing rights in line with the portfolio balance and
the expected future cash flows. An impairment analysis is completed quarterly to
determine the adequacy of the mortgage servicing asset valuation allowance.

     During 1998, Valley recorded merger-related charges of $4.5 million related
to the acquisition of Wayne. The major components of merger-related charges are
for real estate dispositions, professional fees, personnel expenses and other
expenses totaling $1.5 million, $1.4 million, $1.0 million and $600 thousand,
respectively.

     The significant components of other non-interest expense include
advertising, data processing, professional fees, postage, telephone and
stationery expense which total approximately $18.0 million for 1998.

   Income Taxes

     Income tax expense as a percentage of pre-tax income was 22.4% for the year
ended December 31, 1998 compared to 28.9% in 1997. The reduction in the
effective tax rate since 1996 and through 1998 is attributable to a realignment
of corporate entities and a lower effective tax rate for state taxes. Because of
a change in federal tax law and the completion of the liquidation of its
subsidiary which owned and managed residential mortgage loans, the


                                       15
<PAGE>


effective tax rate is expected to increase to a normal level during the fiscal
year beginning January 1999 over the effective tax rate for 1998 and 1997.
However, Valley is evaluating its current and future tax strategies to minimize
the increase in its effective tax rate in 1999 and future periods.*

   Year 2000

     Most computer programs have historically been written using two digits
rather than four to define the applicable year. These programs were written
without considering the impact of the upcoming change in the century and the
programs may experience problems handling dates beyond the year 1999. This could
cause computer applications to fail or to create erroneous results unless
corrective measures are taken. Incomplete or untimely resolution of the Year
2000 ("Y2K") issue could have a material adverse impact on Valley's business,
operations and financial condition in the future.

     Valley has assessed the Y2K issue as it impacts its internal Information
Technology ("IT") systems (computer hardware and software systems) and its
non-IT systems (facilities, equipment and vendors) and has developed its plan to
address the Y2K issue. Valley operates its deposit, loan and general ledger
systems on one software system licensed to Valley through a third party
("primary software vendor"). Valley received the software from its primary
software vendor and began testing during September 1998 to verify the vendor's
representation that the software is Y2K compliant. The testing for the deposit,
loan and general ledger systems, which are the primary functions of this
software, has been completed as of the end of 1998. Additional Y2K software
systems have been purchased from other vendors and Valley has substantially
completed testing those systems for Y2K compliance. Valley believes it has
identified equipment which needs to be upgraded and is in the process of
remediation.*

     Valley currently believes its Y2K compliance plan with respect to its
internal hardware and software systems will not have a material adverse effect
on Valley's financial condition or results of operations.* However, no assurance
can be given that the ultimate costs to address the Y2K issue or the impact of
any failure to timely achieve substantial Y2K compliance will not have a
material adverse effect on Valley's financial condition or results.*

     Valley will utilize both internal and external sources to execute its Y2K
plan. Valley's main software system is licensed through its primary software
vendor for which Valley pays a normal annual licensing fee. As noted above, the
vendor has represented that this software system is Y2K compliant, and Valley
has substantially completed testing this system for Y2K compliance. As a result,
Valley has been able to maintain a low level of expenditures to date. Since
implementing the assessment of Y2K issues, Valley's costs to external sources
have been approximately $130 thousand. Based on current information, Valley
estimates that expenditures related to the execution of its Y2K plan will be
approximately $1.0 million.* These estimates of expenditures are based on
Valley's presently available information and may be updated as information
becomes available. The remaining amount to be spent is for additional hardware
and software systems.

     Valley has also communicated with its significant suppliers, vendors and
borrowing customers to determine the extent to which the company is vulnerable
to the failure of these third parties to remedy any Y2K issues. Valley can give
no assurance that failure to address Y2K issues by third parties on whom
Valley's systems, business processes or loan payments rely would not have a
material adverse effect on Valley's operations or financial condition.* Valley
has implemented a customer awareness program on its website, in brochures in
each of its branches and in messages on customer statements to keep customers
informed about Y2K as it relates to Valley.

     Valley has established a contingency plan for the applications critical to
its operations. This plan includes trigger dates in which a contingency vendor
would be contacted. The testing phase is almost complete, and Valley does not
foresee converting any of these applications to a contingency vendor at this
time.*

   Business Segments

     VNB has three major business segments it monitors and reports on to manage
its business operations. These segments are commercial lending, consumer lending
and investment management. Lines of business and actual structure of operations
determine each segment. Each is reviewed routinely for its asset growth,
contribution to pretax net income and return on assets. Expenses related to the
branch network, all other components of retail banking, along with the back
office departments of the bank are allocated to each of the three business
segments. The financial reporting for each segment contains allocations and
reporting in line with VNB's operations, which may not necessarily be compared
to any other financial institution. The accounting for each segment includes
internal accounting policies designed to measure consistent and reasonable
financial reporting. For financial data on the three business segments see Part
II, Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data--Note 19 of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements."


                                       16
<PAGE>


CONSUMER LENDING SEGMENT

     The consumer lending segment had a return on average interest-earning
assets before taxes of 2.35% for 1998 compared to 2.32% for 1997. The increase
in average interest-earning assets of $116.7 million was mostly attributable to
increased automobile loans, net of a reduction of $26.4 million in credit card
loans during the year. Residential loans did not increase substantially as a
large portion of the loans originated in 1998 were sold into the secondary
market. The increase in volume offset by a decrease in interest rates caused
interest income to rise between 1998 and 1997 by $7.2 million. Interest expense,
allocated to segments based upon average interest-earning assets, is a function
of the overall interest cost, of the bank, which declined during 1998 as
compared to 1997.

     Non-interest income declined by $3.4 million mainly as a result of
decreased fees in 1998 on the merchant processing business sold during 1997.
Non-interest expense decreased by $9.6 million during 1998 largely as a result
of an amendment to the cobranded credit card program during 1997 which reduced
cardmember rebates paid by Valley. The increase in the internal transfer expense
is proportionate to the increase in volume and portfolio size.

COMMERCIAL LENDING SEGMENT

     The return on average interest-earning assets before taxes for the
commercial lending segment declined 24 basis points to 3.80%. Average
interest-earning assets increased by $78.3 million during 1998 as a result of
increased volume of loans and lower interest rates. Interest rates on these
assets declined, largely due to changes in the average lending rate, from 8.88%
in 1997 to 8.68% in 1998. Net interest income increased by $3.8 million or 5.0%
from 1997 to 1998.

     During 1998 the provision for loan losses increased to $1.7 million,
non-interest income remained unchanged and non-interest expense increased by
$1.0 million or 11.6% resulting from higher staffing levels and increased other
expenses.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SEGMENT

     The return on average interest-earning assets before taxes for the
investment segment decreased from 2.13% in 1997 to 1.92% in 1998. The decline in
average investments was the result of the investment of proceeds from maturing
investments into higher yielding loans during most of 1998. During the latter
portion of the fourth quarter of 1998 approximately $111.8 million of trust
preferred securities were added to the portfolio as part of a leveraging
strategy to increase net interest income and earnings per share for 1999 and
future years.*

CORPORATE SEGMENT

     The corporate segment represents assets and income and expense items not
directly attributable to a specific segment. The decline in net interest income
is related to the decline in average interest-earning assets. Non-interest
income, non-interest expense and the internal expense transfer represent the net
allocation of income and expenses to each of the interest earning segments.
These generally increased, on a net basis, between 1998 and 1997 as cost
accounting now identifies various income and expense items previously included
in total overhead.

                           ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

   Interest Rate Sensitivity

     Valley's success is largely dependent upon its ability to manage interest
rate risk. Interest rate risk can be defined as the exposure of Valley's net
interest income to the movement in interest rates. Valley does not currently use
derivatives to manage market and interest rate risks. Valley's interest rate
risk management is the responsibility of the Asset/Liability Management
Committee ("ALCO"), which reports to the Board of Directors. ALCO establishes
policies that monitor and coordinate Valley's sources, uses and pricing of
funds.

     Valley uses a simulation model to analyze net interest income sensitivity
to movements in interest rates. The simulation model projects net interest
income based on various interest rate scenarios over a twelve and twenty-four
month period. The model is based on the actual maturity and repricing
characteristics of rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The model incorporates
assumptions regarding the impact of changing interest rates on the prepayment
speeds of certain assets and liabilities. According to the model, over a twelve
month period, an interest rate increase of 100 basis points resulted in an
increase in net interest income of approximately $905.0 thousand while an
interest rate decrease of 100 basis points resulted in a decrease in net
interest income of approximately $2.8 million. Management cannot provide any
assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on Valley's net
interest income.


                                       17

<PAGE>

     The following table shows the financial instruments that are sensitive to
changes in interest rates, categorized by expected maturity, and the
instruments' fair value at December 31, 1998. Market risk sensitive instruments
are generally defined as on-and-off balance sheet financial instruments.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
                                                                                                                 Total       Fair
                                  Rate       1999        2000        2001      2002      2003     Thereafter    Balance      Value
                                  ----   ----------   ---------   ---------  --------   -------   ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                           (in thousands)
<S>                               <C>    <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>       
INTEREST SENSITIVE ASSETS:       
Federal funds sold .............  5.08%  $  102,000   $     --    $     --    $    --   $    --   $      --   $  102,000  $  102,000
Investment securities                                                                                                   
 held to maturity ..............  7.45       33,300      17,722      13,628      8,492     8,400     155,868     237,410     238,421
Investment securities                                                                                                   
 available for sale ............  6.29      520,000     407,481         --         --        --          --      927,481     927,481
Trading account securities .....   --         1,592         --          --         --        --          --        1,592       1,592
Loans, net of unearned income                                                                                           
 Commercial ....................  8.48      271,915      10,077       9,516     62,296    43,404      66,401     463,609     465,620
 Mortgage ......................  7.78      549,943     106,654      86,125    357,873   265,975     725,180   2,091,750   2,103,331
 Consumer ......................  8.09      210,516     268,463     191,561    379,418   250,682     121,851   1,422,491   1,448,138
                                  ----   ----------   ---------   ---------   --------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Total interest sensitive assets . 7.59%  $1,689,266   $(810,397   $ 300,830   $808,079  $568,461  $1,069,300  $5,246,333  $5,286,583
                                  ----   ----------   ---------   ---------   --------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                                                        
INTEREST SENSITIVE LIABILITIES:                                                                                         
                                                                                                                        
Deposits:                                                                                                               
 Savings ........................ 2.19%  $  660,991   $(660,991   $(660,991   $    --   $    --   $      --   $1,982,973  $1,982,973
 Time ........................... 5.23    1,446,617     290,404      35,305     39,596    23,864       1,336   1,837,122   1,847,385
Short-term borrowings ........... 3.70       53,081         --          --         --        --          --       53,081      53,081
Other borrowings ................ 5.89       50,068      28,074       2,080     17,086    82,060      33,581     212,949     214,958
                                  ----   ----------   ---------   ---------   --------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Total interest sensitive                                                                                                
 liabilities .................... 3.77%  $2,210,757   $(979,469   $ 698,376   $ 56,682  $105,924  $   34,917  $4,086,125  $4,098,397
                                  ----   ----------   ---------   ---------   --------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Interest sensitivity gap ........        $ (521,491)  $(169,072)  $(397,546)  $751,397  $462,537  $1,034,383  $1,160,208  $1,188,186
                                         ----------   ---------   ---------   --------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Ratio of interest sensitive                                                                                           
 assets to interest              
 sensitive liabilities ..........
                                            (0.76:1)    (0.83:1)    (0.43:1)   14.26:1    5.37:1     30.62:1      1.28:1      1.29:1
                                         ----------   ---------   ---------   --------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>

     Expected maturities are contractual maturities adjusted for prepayments of
principal without taking into consideration contractual cash flows from normal
payments. Valley uses certain assumptions to estimate fair values and expected
maturities. For investment securities held to maturity and loans, expected
maturities are based upon contractual maturity, projected repayments and
prepayments of principal. The prepayment experience reflected herein is based on
historical experience. Investment securities available for sale are categorized
shorter than their expected maturity because they can be sold at any time to
meet estimated liquidity needs. For deposit liabilities, in accordance with
standard industry practice and Valley's own historical experience, "decay
factors," used to estimate deposit runoff of 33% were used for savings. The
actual maturities of these instruments could vary substantially if future
prepayments differ from historical experience. Off-balance sheet items are not
considered material.

     The total negative gap repricing within 1 year as of December 31, 1998 is
$521.5 million, representing a ratio of interest sensitive assets to interest
sensitive liabilities of (0.76:1). Management does not view this amount as
presenting an unusually high risk potential, although no assurances can be given
that Valley is not at risk from interest rate increases or decreases.


                                       18
<PAGE>

   Liquidity

     Liquidity measures the ability to satisfy current and future cash flow
needs as they become due. Maintaining a level of liquid funds through
asset-liability management seeks to ensure that these needs are met at a
reasonable cost. On the asset side, liquid funds are maintained in the form of
cash and due from banks, federal funds sold, investments securities held to
maturity maturing within one year, securities available for sale and loans held
for sale. Liquid assets amounted to $1.3 billion at both December 31, 1998 and
1997. This represents 23.9% and 25.9% of earning assets, and 22.6% and 24.6% of
total assets at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     On the liability side, the primary source of funds available to meet
liquidity needs is Valley's core deposit base, which generally excludes
certificates of deposit over $100 thousand. Core deposits averaged approximately
$3.4 billion for both years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, representing 66.8%
and 67.3% of average earning assets. Short-term borrowings through Federal funds
lines, Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances and large dollar certificates of
deposit, generally those over $100 thousand, are used as supplemental funding
sources. During the fourth quarter of 1998, Valley borrowed $100.0 million from
the FHLB as part of a leveraging strategy to increase earning assets and net
interest income. This strategy is expected to expand in 1999.* As of December
31, 1998, Valley had outstanding advances of $212.5 million with the FHLB.
Additional liquidity is derived from scheduled loan and investment payments of
principal and interest, as well as prepayments received. In 1998 proceeds from
the sales of investment securities available for sale were $93.1 million, and
proceeds of $459.4 million were generated from investment maturities. Purchases
of investment securities in 1998 were $462.7 million. Short term borrowings and
certificates of deposit over $100 thousand amounted to $474.4 million and $603.7
million, on average, for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

     During 1998 a substantial amount of loan growth was funded from maturities
and normal payments of the investment portfolio. Valley anticipates using funds
from the investment portfolio as well as deposit inflows to fund loan growth
during 1999.*

     The following table lists, by maturity, all certificates of deposit of $100
thousand and over at December 31, 1998. These certificates of deposit are
generated primarily from core deposit customers and are not brokered funds.

                                                (in thousands)

            Less than three months ...........    $286,289
            Three to six months ..............      37,980
            Six to twelve months .............      46,583
            More than twelve months ..........      37,450
                                                  --------
                                                  $408,302
                                                  ========

     Valley's cash requirements consist primarily of dividends to shareholders.
This cash need is routinely satisfied by dividends collected from its subsidiary
bank. Projected cash flows from this source are expected to be adequate to pay
dividends, given the current capital levels and current profitable operations of
its subsidiary.


                                       19

<PAGE>


   Investment Securities

     The amortized cost of securities held to maturity at December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

                                                                           1998          1997            1996
                                                                         --------      --------        --------
                                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>             <C>       
U.S. Treasury securities and other government agencies
 and corporations ..................................................     $    --       $    --         $ 25,608
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ...................       39,220        58,111          83,908
Mortgage-backed securities .........................................       62,088        84,129         129,845
Other debt securities ..............................................      111,922           195           1,978
                                                                         --------      --------        --------
   Total debt securities ...........................................      213,230       142,435         241,339
FRB & FHLB stock ...................................................       24,180        24,180          18,735
                                                                         --------      --------        --------
   Total investment securities held to maturity ....................     $237,410      $166,615        $260,074
                                                                         ========      ========        ========

     The fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 were as follows:

<CAPTION>

                                      INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

                                                                           1998          1997            1996
                                                                         --------      --------        --------
                                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>             <C>       
U.S. Treasury securities and other government agencies
 and corporations ..................................................     $ 84,998    $  181,154      $  183,634
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ...................      111,781       142,457         177,505
Mortgage-backed securities .........................................      699,624       756,342         698,633
                                                                         --------      --------        --------
   Total debt securities ...........................................      896,403     1,079,953       1,059,772
Equity securities ..................................................       31,078        10,685          10,793
                                                                         --------      --------        --------
   Total investment securities available for sale ..................     $927,481    $1,090,638      $1,070,565
                                                                         ========    ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


                                       20

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
                                                HELD TO MATURITY AT DECEMBER 31, 1998

                             Obligations of            Mortgage-
                           States and Political          Backed               Other Debt
                             Subdivisions             Securities             Securities               Total (4)
                           ------------------      -----------------     -------------------      ------------------
                           Amortized    Yield      Amortized   Yield     Amortized     Yield      Amortized    Yield
                           Cost (1)    (2)(3)      Cost (1)     (2)      Cost (1)       (2)       Cost (1)      (2)
                           --------    ------      ---------   -----     --------      -----      --------     ----- 
                                                                 (in thousands)

<S>                       <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>  
0-1 years ..............   $22,429      5.54%      $   295     8.45%      $    --       -- %      $ 22,724     5.58%
1-5 years ..............    13,411      8.01        61,793     7.41             35     8.46         75,239     7.52
5-10 years .............       254      7.69           --       --              50     7.30            304     7.63
Over 10 years ..........     3,126      7.30           --       --         111,837     7.19        114,963     7.19
                           -------      ----       -------     ----       --------     ----       --------     ---- 
  Total securities .....   $39,220      6.54%      $62,088     7.41%      $111,922     7.19%      $213,230     7.14%
                           =======      ====       =======     ====       ========     ====       ========     ==== 
                                                                                                         

<CAPTION>

                                            MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
                                                AVAILABLE FOR SALE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998

                               US Treasury
                             Securities and
                            Other Government         Obligations of            Mortgage-
                                Agencies          States and Political          Backed
                            and Corporations          Subdivisions            Securities              Total (4)
                           ------------------      -----------------     -------------------     ------------------
                           Amortized    Yield      Amortized   Yield     Amortized     Yield     Amortized   Yield
                           Cost (1)      (2)       Cost (1)   (2)(3)     Cost (1)       (2)      Cost (1)     (2) 
                           --------    ------      ---------  ------     --------      -----     ---------   ----- 
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)                              
                                                                                                             
0-1 years ..............   $55,586      4.56%      $ 37,364    6.79%     $138,853      5.23%      $231,803    5.32%
1-5 years ..............     4,000      6.10         56,599    7.93       529,185      6.13        589,784    6.30
5-10 years .............    25,000      7.78         12,178    5.95        30,339      6.36         67,517    6.81
Over 10 years ..........       --        --           3,724    9.74           395      6.12          4,119    9.39
                           -------      ----       -------     ----       --------     ----       --------    ---- 
  Total securities .....   $84,586      5.58%      $109,865    7.38%     $698,772      5.96%      $893,223    6.10%
                           =======      ====       ========    ====      ========      ====       ========    ==== 
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Maturities are stated at cost less principal reductions, if any, and
     adjusted for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums.

(2)  Average yields are calculated on a yield-to-maturity basis.

(3)  Average yields on obligations of states and political subdivisions are
     generally tax-exempt and calculated on a tax-equivalent basis using a
     statutory federal income tax rate of 35%.

(4)  Excludes equity securities which have indefinite maturities.


                                       21
<PAGE>


     Valley's investment portfolio is comprised of U.S. government and federal
agency securities, tax-exempt issues of states and political subdivisions,
mortgage-backed securities, equity and other securities. There were no
securities in the name of any one issuer exceeding 10% of shareholders' equity,
except for securities issued by the United States and its political subdivisions
and agencies. The portfolio generates substantial cash flow. The decision to
purchase or sell securities is based upon the current assessment of long and
short term economic and financial conditions, including the interest rate
environment and other statement of financial condition components.

     At December 31, 1998, Valley had $62.1 million of mortgaged-backed
securities classified as held to maturity and $699.6 million of mortgage-backed
securities classified as available for sale. Substantially all the
mortgage-backed securities held by Valley are issued or backed by Federal
agencies. The mortgage-backed securities portfolio is a source of significant
liquidity to Valley through the monthly cash flow of principal and interest.
Mortgage-backed securities, like all securities, are sensitive to changes in the
interest rate environment, increasing and decreasing in value as interest rates
fall and rise. As interest rates fall, the increase in prepayments can reduce
the yield on the mortgage-backed securities portfolio, and reinvestment of the
proceeds will be at lower interest rates.

     Included in the mortgage-backed securities portfolio at December 31, 1998
were $191.1 million of collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMO") of which $2.3
million were privately issued. CMO's had a yield of 5.67% and an unrealized gain
of $549 thousand at December 31, 1998. Substantially all of the CMO portfolio
was classified as available for sale.

     As of December 31, 1998, Valley had $927.5 million of securities available
for sale compared with $1.1 billion at December 31, 1997. Those securities are
recorded at their fair value on an aggregate basis. As of December 31, 1998, the
investment securities available for sale had an unrealized gain of $4.9 million,
net of deferred taxes, compared to an unrealized gain of $4.0 million, net of
deferred taxes, at December 31, 1997. This change was primarily due to an
increase in prices resulting from a decreasing interest rate environment. These
securities are not considered trading account securities, which may be sold on a
continuous basis, but rather are securities which may be sold to meet the
various liquidity and interest rate requirements of Valley. In connection with
the Wayne acquisition, Valley reassessed the classification of securities held
in the Wayne portfolio and transferred $1.6 million of securities held to
maturity to securities available for sale to conform with Valley's investment
objectives. In 1997, in connection with the Midland acquisition, Valley
reassessed the classification of securities held in the Midland portfolio and
transferred $39.8 million of securities held to maturity to securities available
for sale to conform with Valley's investment objectives.

     During the fourth quarter of 1998, Valley purchased approximately $111.8
million of trust preferred securities as part of a leveraging strategy to
increase interest earning assets and net interest income.



                                       22
<PAGE>


   Loan Portfolio

     As of December 31, 1998, total loans were $4.0 billion, compared to $3.8
billion at December 31, 1997, an increase of 4.6%. The following table reflects
the composition of the loan portfolio for the five years endedDecember 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  LOAN PORTFOLIO

                                           1998           1997          1996           1995           1994
                                        ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>       
Commercial ..........................   $  463,609     $  455,732    $  467,224     $  413,796    $  363,313
                                        ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
  Total commercial loans ............      463,609        455,732       467,224        413,796       363,313
                                        ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
Construction ........................      101,200         83,609        87,486         75,920        70,251
Residential mortgage ................    1,036,110      1,034,066     1,038,468      1,008,208     1,015,439
Commercial mortgage .................      954,440        866,348       794,170        707,228       649,906
                                        ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
  Total mortgage loans ..............    2,091,750      1,984,023     1,920,124      1,791,356     1,735,596
                                        ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
Home equity .........................      201,175        196,777       198,928        201,583       181,988
Credit card .........................      107,595        145,485       149,494         22,380        23,298
Automobile ..........................    1,032,783        930,372       811,852        672,589       579,049
Other consumer ......................       80,938         91,101        71,396         65,003        68,538
                                        ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
  Total consumer loans ..............    1,422,491      1,363,735     1,231,670        961,555       852,873
                                        ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
Less: unearned income ...............          --             (56)         (556)        (1,290)       (2,331)
                                        ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
Loans, net of unearned
 income .............................   $3,977,850     $3,803,434    $3,618,462     $3,165,417    $2,949,451
                                        ==========     ==========    ==========     ==========    ==========

<S>                                          <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>   
As a percent of total loans:
 Commercial loans ...................         11.7%          12.0%         12.9%          13.0%         12.3%
 Mortgage loans .....................         52.6           52.2          53.1           56.6          58.8
 Consumer loans .....................         35.7           35.8          34.0           30.4          28.9
                                             -----          -----         -----          -----         ----- 
  Total loans .......................        100.0%         100.0%        100.0%         100.0%        100.0%
                                             =====          =====         =====          =====         ===== 
</TABLE>


     The major portion of the increase in loans for 1998 was divided between
commercial mortgage and automobile loans. It is not known if the trend of
increased lending in these loan types will continue.

     The commercial mortgage loan portfolio has continued its steady increase.
Valley targets small-to-medium size businesses within the market area of the
bank for this type of lending.

     During 1996, Valley issued a co-branded credit card. Of the $107.6 million
of credit card loans outstanding at December 31, 1998, approximately $91.2
million were the result of this co-branded credit card program. The decrease in
the credit card portfolio is directly attributable to an amendment made to the
co-branded credit card program during the fourth quarter of 1997, which reduced
the amount of cardmember rebates paid by Valley.

     Automobile loans comprised 26.0% of total loans at December 31, 1998.
Automobile loans increased 11.0% during 1998 as a result of increased loan
demand and market penetration. Approximately 67.6% of the automobile loan
portfolio and 17.6% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 1998 represented
loans originated by VNB through a program with a major insurance company. These
loans are subject to Valley's underwriting criteria. During the fourth quarter
of 1997, Valley began closing loans in Florida under this program. Valley began
an identical program in the State of Pennsylvania in January 1998. The addition
of Florida and Pennsylvania resulted in a greater than 60% increase in the
number of agents under this program. This expanded Valley's over 40 year
relationship with the company to 11 states from Maine to Florida, as well as
Canada.

     VNB extended this program during the first quarter of 1996 by establishing
a finance company in Toronto, Canada to make auto loans. This Canadian
subsidiary had interest income of approximately $1.4 million for the year


                                       23

<PAGE>

ended December 31, 1998, and auto loans of $19.0 million at December 31, 1998.
These loans are funded by a capital investment by VNB of $7.4 million, with
additional funding requirements satisfied by lines of credit in Canadian funds.
Any foreign exchange risk is limited to the capital investment by VNB.

     Much of Valley's lending is in northern New Jersey, with the exception of
the out-of-state auto lending program. However, efforts are made to maintain a
diversified portfolio as to type of borrower and loan to guard against a
downward turn in any one economic sector.

     The following table reflects the contractual maturity distribution of the
commercial and construction loan portfolios as of December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1 Yr. or Less  Over 1 to 5 Yrs.  Over 5 Yrs.    Total
                                                         -------------  ----------------  -----------   --------
                                                                          (in thousands)               
                                                                                                       
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>              <C>         <C>     
Commercial--fixed rate .................................    $  9,034       $ 84,723         $24,028     $117,785
Commercial--adjustable rate ............................     262,351         37,605          45,868      345,824
Real estate construction--fixed rate ...................       6,710          3,244              --        9,954
Real estate construction--adjustable rate ..............      37,006         54,240              --       91,246
                                                            --------       --------         -------     --------
                                                            $315,101       $179,812         $69,896     $564,809
                                                            ========       ========         =======     ========
</TABLE>

     Prior to maturity of each loan with a balloon payment and if the borrower
requests an extension, Valley generally conducts a review which normally
includes an analysis of the borrower's financial condition and, if applicable, a
review of the adequacy of collateral. A rollover of the loan at maturity may
require a principal paydown.

     VNB is a preferred U. S. Small Business Administration ("SBA") lender with
authority to make loans without the prior approval of the SBA. VNB currently has
approval to make SBA loans in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, New York, Delaware,
Maryland, the District of Columbia and sections of Virginia. Between 75% and 80%
of each loan is guaranteed by the SBA and may be sold into the secondary market,
with the balance retained in VNB's portfolio. VNB intends to continue expanding
this area of lending because it provides a solid source of fee income and loans
with floating interest rates tied to the prime lending rate.

     During 1998, VNB originated approximately $25.8 million of SBA loans and
sold $22.1 million. Stronger competition and lower conventional lending rates
led to a lower volume of new loans during 1998 as compared to 1997. At December
31, 1998, $31.4 million of SBA loans were held in VNB's portfolio and VNB
serviced approximately $78.1 million of SBA loans.


                                       24

<PAGE>

   Non-performing Assets

     Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans and other real estate owned
("OREO"). Loans are generally placed on a non-accrual status when they become
past due in excess of 90 days as to payment of principal or interest. Exceptions
to the non-accrual policy may be permitted if the loan is sufficiently
collateralized and in the process of collection. OREO is acquired through
foreclosure on loans secured by land or real estate. OREO is reported at the
lower of cost or fair value at the time of acquisition and at the lower of fair
value, less estimated costs to sell, or cost thereafter.

     Non-performing assets continued to decrease, and totaled $9.4 million at
December 31, 1998, compared with $11.9 million at December 31, 1997, a decrease
of $2.5 million or 20.9%. Non-performing assets at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively, amounted to 0.24% and 0.31% of loans and OREO.

     Loans 90 days or more past due and not included in the non-performing
category totaled $7.4 million at December 31, 1998, compared to $16.4 million at
December 31, 1997. These loans are primarily residential mortgage loans,
commercial mortgage loans and commercial loans which are generally well-secured
and in the process of collection. Also included are matured commercial mortgage
loans in the process of being renewed, which totaled $175 thousand and $2.0
million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     The following table sets forth non-performing assets and accruing loans
which were 90 days or more past due as to principal or interest payments on the
dates indicated, in conjunction with asset quality ratios for Valley.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      LOAN QUALITY

                                                1998       1997        1996        1995      1994
                                              -------    -------     -------     -------    -------
                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>    
Loans past due in excess of
 90 days and still accruing ...............   $ 7,359    $16,351     $10,166     $ 8,125    $ 8,712
                                              -------    -------     -------     -------    -------
Non-accrual loans .........................   $ 7,063    $ 9,635     $15,258     $16,627    $27,490
                                              -------    -------     -------     -------    -------
Other real estate owned ...................     2,341      2,258       3,866       7,612      9,097
                                              -------    -------     -------     -------    -------
Total non-performing assets ...............   $ 9,404    $11,893     $19,124     $24,239    $36,587
                                              -------    -------     -------     -------    -------
Troubled debt restructured loans ..........   $ 5,127    $ 5,248     $ 5,576     $ 5,209    $   --
                                              -------    -------     -------     -------    -------
Non-performing loans as a % of loans ......      0.18%      0.25%       0.42%       0.53%      0.93%
                                              -------    -------     -------     -------    -------
Non-performing assets as a % of
 loans plus other real estate owed ........      0.24%      0.31%       0.53%       0.76%      1.24%
                                              -------    -------     -------     -------    -------
Allowance as a % of loans .................      1.25%      1.28%       1.32%       1.44%      1.61%
                                              -------    -------     -------     -------    -------
</TABLE>

     During 1998, lost interest on non-accrual loans amounted to $972 thousand,
compared with lost interest of $1.2 million in 1997.

     Although substantially all risk elements at December 31, 1998 have been
disclosed in the categories presented above, management believes that for a
variety of reasons, including economic conditions, certain borrowers may be
unable to comply with the contractual repayment terms on certain real estate and
commercial loans. As part of the analysis of the loan portfolio by management,
it has been determined that there are approximately $2.7 million in potential
problem loans at December 31, 1998, which have not been classified as
non-accrual, past due or restructured. Potential problem loans are defined as
performing loans for which management has serious doubts as to the ability of
such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may
result in a non-performing loan. Approximately $607 thousand has been provided
for in the allowance for loan losses for these potential problem loans. There
can be no assurance that Valley has identified all of its problem loans. At
December 31, 1997, Valley had identified approximately $3.6 million of potential
problem loans which were not classified as non-accrual, past due or
restructured.

   Asset Quality and Risk Elements

     Lending is one of the most important functions performed by Valley and, by
its very nature, lending is also the most complicated, risky and profitable part
of Valley's business. For commercial loans, construction loans and


                                       25
<PAGE>


commercial mortgage loans, a separate credit department is responsible for risk
assessment, credit file maintenance and periodically evaluating overall
creditworthiness of a borrower. Additionally, efforts are made to limit
concentrations of credit so as to minimize the impact of a downturn in any one
economic sector. These loans are diversified as to type of borrower and loan.
However, most of these loans are in northern New Jersey, presenting a
geographical and credit risk if there was a significant downturn of the economy
within the region.

     Residential mortgage loans are secured primarily by 1-4 family properties
located mainly within northern New Jersey. Conservative underwriting policies
are adhered to and loan to value ratios are generally less than 80 percent.

     Consumer loans are comprised of home equity loans, credit card loans and
automobile loans. Home equity and automobile loans are secured loans and are
made based on an evaluation of the collateral and the borrower's
creditworthiness. The majority of automobile loans are originated through a
program with a major insurance company, whose customer base generally has a good
credit profile and generally result in lower delinquencies and charge-offs than
that typically experienced from traditional sources. These automobile loans are
from 11 states, including New Jersey. All loans are subject to Valley's
underwriting criteria; therefore, each loan or group of loans presents a
geographical risk and credit risk based upon the economy of the region.

     The co-branded credit card portfolio was substantially generated through a
pre-approved mailing during 1996 utilizing automated credit scoring techniques
and additional underwriting standards.

     Management realizes that some degree of risk must be expected in the normal
course of lending activities. Reserves are maintained to absorb such potential
loan and off-balance sheet credit losses. The allowance for loan losses and
related provision are an expression of management's evaluation of the credit
portfolio and economic climate.


                                       26

<PAGE>


     The following table sets forth the relationship among loans, loans
charged-off and loan recoveries, the provision for possible loan losses and the
allowance for loan losses for the past five years

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Years Ended December 31,
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1998           1997          1996           1995          1994
                                           ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
                                                                      (in thousands)

<S>                                        <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>       
Average loans outstanding ..............   $3,844,174     $3,651,648    $3,334,825     $3,086,871    $2,762,080
                                           ==========     ==========    ==========     ==========    ==========
Beginning balance--Allowance
 for possible loan losses ..............   $   48,542     $   47,811    $   45,580     $   47,448    $   45,792
                                           ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
Loans charged-off:
 Commercial ............................          216          4,647           471          1,217         1,805
 Construction ..........................          --             --            --           2,498           835
 Mortgage-Commercial ...................          980            475           593            646         1,359
 Mortgage-Residential ..................        1,208            496           858            731           288
                                           ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
 Consumer ..............................       11,284          8,287         3,996          2,875         2,790
                                           ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
                                               13,688         13,905         5,918          7,967         7,077
                                           ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------

Charged-off loans recovered:

 Commercial ............................          460            522         2,585          1,321           603
 Construction ..........................          222             89           --             --            603
 Mortgage-Commercial ...................          119            214           920             83            61
 Mortgage-Residential ..................          198            121           124             56            23
 Consumer ..............................        1,645          1,040           964          1,318         1,143
                                           ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
                                                2,644          1,986         4,593          2,778         2,433
                                           ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
Net charge-offs ........................       11,044         11,919         1,325          5,189         4,644
Provision charged to operations ........       12,370         12,650         3,556          3,321         6,300
                                           ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
Ending balance--Allowance
 for possible loan losses ..............   $   49,868     $   48,542    $   47,811     $   45,580    $   47,448
                                           ==========     ==========    ==========     ==========    ==========
Ratio of net charge-offs
 during the period to
 average loans outstanding
 during the period .....................         0.29%          0.33%         0.04%          0.17%         0.17%
</TABLE>

     The allowance for possible loan losses is maintained at an estimated level
necessary to absorb the potential loan losses and other credit risk related
charge-offs. It is the result of an analysis which relates outstanding balances
to expected reserve levels required to absorb future credit losses. Current
economic problems are addressed through management's assessment of anticipated
changes in the regional economic climate, changes in composition and volume of
the loan portfolio and variances in levels of classified loans, non-performing
assets and other past due amounts. Additional factors include consideration of
exposure to loss including size of credit, existence and nature of collateral,
credit record, profitability and general economic conditions.

     The underwriting, growth and delinquency experience in the credit card
portfolio will substantially influence the level of the allowance needed to
absorb future credit losses. Although credit card loans are generally considered
more risky than other types of lending, a higher interest rate is charged to
compensate for this increased risk. VNB will continue to closely monitor the
need for additions to the allowance.

     During 1998, continued emphasis was placed on the current economic climate
and the condition of the real estate market in the northern New Jersey area.
Management addressed these economic conditions and applied that information to
changes in the composition of the loan portfolio. The provision charged to
operation was $12.4 million in 1998 compared to $12.7 million in 1997.


                                       27
<PAGE>


     The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for possible
loan losses to specific loan categories for the past five years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Years Ended December 31,
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               1998                 1997                 1996                  1995                   1994
                      --------------------  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------   ---------------------
                                   Percent               Percent               Percent               Percent                 Percent
                                   of Loan               of Loan               of Loan               of Loan                 of Loan
                                  Category              Category              Category              Category                Category
                      Allowance   to Total  Allowance   to Total  Allowance   to Total  Allowance   to Total    Allowance   to Total
                      Allocation   Loans    Allocation   Loans    Allocation   Loans    Allocation    Loans     Allocation    Loans
                      ----------   -----    ----------   -----    ----------   -----    ----------    -----     ----------    -----
                                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                    <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>   
Loan category:
 Commercial ........   $14,247       11.7%    $13,250     12.0%   $18,850       12.9%    $15,658       13.0%     $13,532       12.3%
 Mortgage ..........    12,484       52.6      14,736     52.2     11,823       53.1      10,759       56.6       12,412       58.8
 Consumer ..........    11,934       35.7      11,078     35.8      7,135       34.0       7,363       30.4        7,788       28.9
 Unallocated .......    11,203        N/A       9,478      N/A     10,003        N/A      11,800        N/A       13,716        N/A
                       -------      -----     -------    -----    -------      -----     -------      -----      -------      ----- 
                       $49,868      100.0%    $48,542    100.0%   $47,811      100.0%    $45,580      100.0%     $47,448      100.0%
                       =======      =====     =======    =====    =======      =====     =======      =====      =======      ===== 
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1998 the allowance for possible loan losses amounted to
$49.9 million or 1.25% of loans, net of unearned income, as compared to $48.5
million or 1.28% at year-end 1997.
                                                                                
     The allowance is adjusted by provisions charged against income and loans   
charged-off, net of recoveries. Net loan charge-offs were $11.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998 compared with $11.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans decreased to
0.29% for 1998 compared with 0.33% for 1997. While consumer loan charge-offs
increased during 1998, they were at a level less than the level reported
throughout the industry on a national basis. Non-performing loans and loans past
due 90 days and still accruing in 1998 were less than during 1997.

     The impaired loan portfolio is primarily collateral dependent. Impaired
loans and their related specific and general allocations to the allowance for
possible loan losses totaled $16.5 million and $6.9 million, respectively, at
December 31, 1998 and $21.9 million and $8.5 million, respectively, at December
31, 1997. The average balance of impaired loans during 1998 and 1997 was
approximately $18.7 million and $25.1 million, respectively. The amount of cash
basis interest income that was recognized on impaired loans during both 1998 and
1997 was $1.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

   Capital Adequacy

     A significant measure of the strength of a financial institution is its
shareholders' equity, which should expand in close proportion to asset growth.
At December 31, 1998, shareholders' equity totaled $555.8 million or 10.0% of
total assets, compared with $509.3 million or 9.5% at year-end 1997. Valley has
achieved steady internal capital generation and an excess of percentage asset
growth throughout the past five years.

     On May 26, 1998 Valley's Board of Directors rescinded its previously
announced stock repurchase program after 220,125 shares of Valley common stock
had been repurchased. Rescinding the remaining authorization was necessary to
comply with certain accounting rules in connection with Valley's acquisition of
Wayne.

     Included in shareholders' equity as components of accumulated other
comprehensive income at December 31, 1998 was a $4.9 million unrealized gain on
investment securities available for sale, net of tax, and a translation
adjustment of $852 thousand related to the Canadian subsidiary of VNB, compared
to an unrealized gain of $4.0 million and a $343 thousand translation adjustment
at December 31, 1997.

     Risk-based guidelines define a two-tier capital framework. Tier 1 capital
consists of common shareholders' equity less disallowed intangibles, while Total
risk-based capital consists of Tier 1 capital and the allowance for possible
loan losses up to 1.25% of risk-adjusted assets. Risk-adjusted assets are
determined by assigning various levels of risk to different categories of assets
and off-balance sheet activities.

     Valley's capital position at December 31, 1998 under risk-based capital
guidelines was $546.1 million, or 13.3% of risk-weighted assets, for Tier 1
capital and $595.9 million, or 14.5% for Total risked-based capital. The
comparable ratios at December 31, 1997 were 13.3.% for Tier 1 capital and 14.4%
for Total risk-based capital. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, Valley was in
compliance with the leverage requirement having Tier 1 leverage ratios of 10.1%
and 


                                       28

<PAGE>


9.3%, respectively. Valley's ratios at December 31, 1998 were above the "well
capitalized" requirements, which require Tier 1 capital of at least 6% , total
risk-based capital of 10% and a minimum leverage ratio of 5%.

     Book value per share amounted to $10.06 at December 31, 1998 compared with
$9.23 per share at December 31, 1997.

     The primary source of capital growth is through retention of earnings.
Valley's rate of earnings retention, derived by dividing undistributed earnings
by net income, was 46.5% at December 31, 1998, compared to 47.8% at December 31,
1997. Cash dividends declared amounted to $0.97 per share, equivalent to a
dividend payout ratio of 53.5% for 1998, compared to 52.2% for the year 1997.
The current quarterly dividend rate of $0.25 per share provides for an annual
rate of $1.00 per share. Valley's Board of Directors continues to believe that
cash dividends are an important component of shareholder value and that, at its
current level of performance and capital, Valley expects to continue its current
dividend policy of a quarterly distribution of earnings to its shareholders.

   Results of Operations--1997 Compared to 1996

     Valley reported net income for 1997 of $86.9 million or $1.57 diluted
earnings per share, compared to the $71.5 million, or $1.33 diluted earnings per
share earned in 1996 (all amounts have been restated for the Midland and Wayne
acquisitions and the per share amounts have been restated to give effect to a 5
for 4 stock split issued in 1998 and a 5% stock dividend issued in 1997).

     Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $14.0 million, or
6.5%, to $227.5 million in 1997. The increase in 1997 was due primarily to an
increase in the average balance and average rate on interest bearing assets.
This was partially offset by a slight increase in the average balance and
average rate on interest bearing liabilities.

     The provision for possible loan loss increased to $12.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997 as compared to $3.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. The increase was recorded as a result of higher net
charge-offs totaling $11.9 million in 1997.

     Non-interest income in 1997 amounted to $43.0 million, an increase of $12.8
million or 42.3% compared with 1996. Non-interest expense totaled $129.2 million
in 1997, an increase of $4.7 million. These increases were largely the result of
additional credit card income and expense. VNB began a co-branded credit card
program during 1996.

     Gains on the sales of loans were $3.6 million for 1997 compared to $1.8
million for 1996. The gains recorded are primarily from the sale of the
guaranteed portion of SBA loans. The increase reflected the growth in VNB's
origination of SBA loans.

     Included in non-interest expense for 1996 is a one time FDIC assessment of
$7.4 million. Excluding this one time payment, insurance premiums decreased by
$1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 in comparison to the same
period in 1996.

     Income tax expense as a percentage of pre-tax income was 28.9% for the year
ended December 31, 1997 compared to 33.8% in 1996. The reduction in the
effective tax rate from 1996 to 1997 is attributable to a realignment of
corporate entities and a lower effective tax rate for state taxes. The reduction
in the effective tax rate continued in 1998. The effective tax rate is expected
to increase to a normal level during the fiscal year beginning 1999 over the
effective tax rate for 1998 and 1997.


                                       29
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                                                 Years Ended December 31,
                                                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                                       1998              1997             1996
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
                                                                        (in thousands, except for share data)
<S>                              <C>                                 <C>               <C>              <C>     
INTEREST INCOME                                                     
Interest and fees on loans (Note 5) ..............................   $316,502          $303,181         $276,743
Interest and dividends on investment securities:                    
  Taxable ........................................................     57,005            67,944           73,858
  Tax-exempt .....................................................      7,885            10,346           12,757
  Dividends ......................................................      1,946             1,689            1,109
Interest on federal funds sold and other short-term investments ..      6,318             3,924            4,159
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
    Total interest income ........................................    389,656           387,084          368,626
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
INTEREST EXPENSE                                                    
Interest on deposits:                                               
  Savings deposits ...............................................     43,372            44,529           45,143
  Time deposits (Note 10) ........................................    105,395           113,582          112,795
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold             
 under repurchase agreements .....................................        906             1,171            1,128
Interest on other short-term borrowings ..........................      1,625             1,132              648
Interest on other borrowings (Note 11) ...........................      8,806             5,471            3,077
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
    Total interest expense .......................................    160,104           165,885          162,791
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
NET INTEREST INCOME ..............................................    229,552           221,199          205,835
Provision for possible loan losses (Note 6) ......................     12,370            12,650            3,556
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES .....    217,182           208,549          202,279
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
NON-INTEREST INCOME                                                 
Trust income .....................................................      1,375             1,162            1,080
Service charges on deposit accounts ..............................     12,674            12,063           11,268
Gains on securities transactions, net (Note 4) ...................      1,418             2,150              781
Fees from loan servicing (Note 7) ................................      7,382             5,576            4,835
Credit card fee income ...........................................     10,153            12,643            5,549
Gains on sales of loans, net .....................................      4,863             3,634            1,839
Other ............................................................      5,208             5,784            4,884
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
    Total non-interest income ....................................     43,073            43,012           30,236
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE                                                
Salary expense (Note 12) .........................................     51,792            46,738           46,201
Employee benefit expense (Note 12) ...............................     12,327            11,596           10,813
FDIC insurance premiums ..........................................      1,270             1,205           10,083
Net occupancy expense (Notes 8 and 14) ...........................     12,877            11,653           11,832
Furniture and equipment expense (Note 8) .........................      8,338             8,036            7,665
Credit card expense ..............................................      9,066            17,520            7,518
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 7) .......................      5,546             3,441            3,009
Merger-related charges (Note 2) ..................................      4,539                --               --
Other ............................................................     29,002            29,029           27,411
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
    Total non-interest expense ...................................    134,757           129,218          124,532
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES .......................................    125,498           122,343          107,983
Income tax expense (Note 13) .....................................     28,150            35,397           36,479
                                                                     --------          --------         --------
NET INCOME .......................................................   $ 97,348          $ 86,946         $ 71,504
                                                                     ========          ========         ========
EARNINGS PER SHARE:                                                 
  Basic ..........................................................      $1.77             $1.58            $1.33
  Diluted ........................................................       1.75              1.57             1.33
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING:                      
  Basic .......................................................... 54,987,473        54,906,154       53,074,424
  Diluted ........................................................ 55,607,255        55,294,894       53,459,884

</TABLE>
                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       30

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                                                                         December 31,
                                                                            ------------------------------------
                                                                                  1998                 1997
                                                                              ----------            ----------
                                                                            (in thousands, except for share data)
<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>       
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks ...................................................   $  175,794            $  151,620
Federal funds sold ........................................................      102,000                33,400
Investment securities held to maturity, fair value of $238,421 and
 $168,476 in 1998 and 1997, respectively (Note 3) .........................      237,410               166,615
Investment securities available for sale (Note 4) .........................      927,481             1,090,638
Trading account securities (Note 4) .......................................        1,592                    --
Loans (Note 5) ............................................................    3,954,395             3,786,783
Loans held for sale (Note 5) ..............................................       23,455                16,651
  Less: Allowance for possible loans losses (Note 6) ......................      (49,868)              (48,542
                                                                              ----------            ----------
  Net loans ...............................................................    3,927,982             3,754,892
                                                                              ----------            ----------
Premises and equipment (Note 8) ...........................................       79,774                77,871
Accrued interest receivable ...............................................       29,711                31,210
                                                                              ----------            ---------
Other assets (Notes 7, 9 and 13) ..........................................       59,463                54,452
                                                                              ----------            ----------
    Total assets ..........................................................   $5,541,207            $5,360,698
                                                                              ==========            ==========

LIABILITIES
Deposits:
  Non-interest bearing ....................................................   $  854,594            $  781,239
  Interest bearing:
   Savings ................................................................    1,982,973             1,918,762
   Time (Note 10) .........................................................    1,837,122             1,902,320
                                                                              ----------            ----------
    Total deposits ........................................................    4,674,689             4,602,321
                                                                              ----------            ----------
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase
 agreements (Note 3) ......................................................       30,414                32,882
Treasury tax and loan account and other short-term borrowings (Note 3) ....       22,667                24,056
Other borrowings (Note 11) ................................................      212,949               146,012
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (Note 12) ..........................       44,701                46,124
                                                                              ----------            ----------
    Total liabilities .....................................................    4,985,420             4,851,395
                                                                              ----------            ----------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 14)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes 2, 12 and 15) Common stock, no par value, 
 authorized 98,437,500 shares; issued 55,503,060 shares in 1998 and 
 55,520,694 shares in 1997 ................................................       24,424                24,345
Surplus ...................................................................      311,611               310,904
Retained earnings .........................................................      223,185               178,739
Unallocated common stock held by the ESOP .................................       (1,331)               (1,604)
Accumulated other comprehensive income ....................................        4,084                 3,614
                                                                              ----------            ----------
                                                                                 561,973               515,998
Treasury stock, at cost (236,735 shares in 1998 and 356,082 shares
 in 1997) .................................................................       (6,186)               (6,695)
                                                                              ----------            ----------
    Total shareholders' equity ............................................      555,787               509,303
                                                                              ----------            ----------
    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ............................   $5,541,207            $5,360,698
                                                                              ==========            ==========
</TABLE>

                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       31
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                                  Unallocated  Accumulated
                                                                                    Common        Other
                                                                                     Stock    Comprehensive                Total
                                                  Common               Retained     Held by      Income     Treasury   Shareholders'
                                                   Stock    Surplus    Earnings     the ESOP     (loss)       Stock       Equity
                                                  -------   --------   --------     --------    -------     --------     --------
                                                               (in thousands)
<S>              <C> <C>                          <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>     
BALANCE-DECEMBER 31, 1995 ......................  $21,900   $216,045   $210,242     $  --       $ 3,460     $ (1,910)    $449,737
Comprehensive income: ..........................     -- 
Net income .....................................     --         --       71,504        --          --           --         71,504
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized losses on securities available for 
 sale, net of tax of $1,744 ....................     --         --         --          --        (3,100)        --
Reclassification adjustment for gains
 included in net income, net of tax of $(290) ..     --         --         --          --          (491)        --
Foreign currency translation adjustment ........     --         --         --          --           (36)        --
                                                                                                -------
Total other comprehensive loss .................     --         --         --          --        (3,627)        --         (3,627)
                                                                                                -------                  --------
Total comprehensive income .....................     --         --         --          --          --           --         67,877
Dividends declared .............................     --         --      (38,556)       --          --           --        (38,556)
Effect of stock incentive plan, net ............       11       (264)    (1,104)       --          --          2,743        1,386
Net proceeds from stock offering,
 net of expenses of $1,272 .....................    1,063     19,963       --          --          --           --         21,026
Unallocated common stock acquired by the ESOP ..     --         --         --        (1,785)       --           --         (1,785) 
Stock dividend .................................      409     22,796    (47,173)       --          --         23,845         (123)
Purchase of treasury stock .....................     --         --         --          --          --        (32,267)     (32,267)
                                                  -------   --------   --------     -------     -------     --------     --------
BALANCE-DECEMBER 31, 1996 ......................   23,383    258,540    194,913      (1,785)       (167)      (7,589)     467,295
Comprehensive income:
Net income .....................................     --         --       86,946        --          --           --         86,946
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized gains on securities
 available for sale, net of tax of $3,079 ......     --         --         --          --         5,457         --
Reclassification adjustment for gains
 included in net income, net of tax of $(781) ..     --         --         --          --        (1,369)        --
Foreign currency translation adjustment ........     --         --         --          --          (307)        --
                                                                                                -------
Total other comprehensive income ...............     --         --         --          --         3,781         --          3,781
                                                                                                -------                  --------
Total comprehensive income .....................     --         --         --          --          --           --         90,727
Dividends declared .............................     --         --      (45,350)       --          --           --        (45,350)
Effect of stock incentive plan, net ............       (2)    (1,733)    (1,684)       --          --          5,311        1,892
Stock dividend .................................      964     55,041    (56,086)       --          --           --            (81)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options .....     --          329       --          --          --           --            329
Allocation of ESOP stock .......................     --          177       --           181        --           --            358
Common stock acquired for stock incentive plan .     --       (1,450)      --          --          --           --         (1,450)
Purchase of treasury stock .....................     --         --         --          --          --         (4,417)      (4,417)
                                                  -------   --------   --------     -------     -------     --------     --------
BALANCE-DECEMBER 31, 1997 ......................   24,345    310,904    178,739      (1,604)      3,614       (6,695)     509,303
Comprehensive income:

Net income .....................................     --         --       97,348        --          --           --         97,348
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized gains on securities
 available for sale, net of tax of $1,055 ......     --         --         --          --         1,874         --
Reclassification adjustment for gains
 included in net income, net of tax of $(523) ..     --         --         --          --          (895)        --
Foreign currency translation adjustment ........     --         --         --          --          (509)        --
                                                                                                -------    
Total other comprehensive income ...............     --         --         --          --           470         --            470
                                                                                                -------                  --------
Total comprehensive income .....................     --         --         --          --          --           --         97,818
Dividends declared .............................     --         --      (52,052)       --          --           --        (52,052)
Effect of stock incentive plan, net ............      (10)      (764)      (850)       --          --          3,713        2,089
Allocation of ESOP stock .......................     --          381       --           273        --           --            654
Issuance of stock from treasury ................       89      1,090       --          --          --          3,454        4,633
Purchase of treasury stock .....................     --         --         --          --          --         (6,658)      (6,658)
                                                  -------   --------   --------     -------     -------     --------     --------
BALANCE-DECEMBER 31, 1998 ......................  $24,424   $311,611   $223,185     $(1,331)    $ 4,084     $ (6,186)    $555,787
                                                  =======   ========   ========     =======     =======     ========     ========
</TABLE>

                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       32

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                         Years Ended December 31,
                                                                               --------------------------------------------
                                                                                  1998              1997             1996
                                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------
                                                                                              (in thousands)
<S>                                                                            <C>               <C>              <C>      
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ................................................................   $  97,348         $  86,946        $  71,504
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization .............................................      14,380            12,205           10,481
 Amortization of compensation costs pursuant to
  long term stock incentive plan ...........................................       1,036               898              448
 Provision for possible loan losses ........................................      12,370            12,650            3,556
 Net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts ...................       3,312             1,105            4,376
 Net deferred income tax (benefit) expense .................................      (2,418)            2,355             (961)
 Net gains on securities transactions ......................................      (1,418)           (2,150)            (781)
 Proceeds from sales of loans ..............................................     181,020            49,972           34,950
 Gain on sales of loans ....................................................      (4,863)           (3,634)          (1,839)
 Proceeds from recoveries of previously charged-off loans ..................       2,644             1,986            4,593
 Net decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets ..............       4,846             9,174            2,716
 Net decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities ....................      (4,005)             (969)         (10,174)
                                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------
 Net cash provided by operating activities .................................     304,252           170,538          118,869
                                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases and originations of mortgage servicing rights ...................     (12,101)           (3,905)          (6,167)
 Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale ...........      93,093           175,311          143,605
 Proceeds from maturing investment securities available for sale ...........     407,638           231,998          253,112
 Purchases of investment securities available for sale .....................    (338,141)         (379,596)        (233,006)
 Purchases of investment securities held to maturity .......................    (124,513)          (17,905)         (30,640)
 Proceeds from maturing investment securities held to maturity .............      51,784            71,098          100,764
 Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold and other
  short-term investments ...................................................     (68,600)           54,300           15,600
 Net increase in loans made to customers ...................................    (364,261)         (245,003)        (491,829)
 Purchases of premises and equipment, net of sales .........................     (10,622)          (12,195)         (12,928)
                                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------
 Net cash used in investing activities .....................................    (365,723)         (125,897)        (261,489
                                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net increase (decrease) in deposits .......................................      72,368          (144,531)         110,937
 Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and
  other short-term borrowings ..............................................      (3,857)           16,397            2,312
 Advances of other borrowings ..............................................     120,000            92,500           45,000
 Repayments of other borrowings ............................................     (53,063)           (8,559)         (14,054)
 Dividends paid to common shareholders .....................................     (50,052)          (42,805)         (38,373)
 Addition of common shares to treasury .....................................      (6,658)           (4,417)         (32,267)
 Purchase of shares by ESOP ................................................         --                --            (1,785)
 Purchase of shares for stock incentive plan ...............................         --             (1,450)             --
 Common stock issued, net of cancellations .................................       6,907             1,156           21,669
                                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------
 Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .......................      85,645           (91,709)          93,439
                                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------
 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ......................      24,174           (47,068)         (49,181)
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ............................     151,620           198,688           247,86
                                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ..................................   $ 175,794         $ 151,620         $ 198,68
                                                                               =========         =========         ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the year for interest on deposits and borrowings .........   $ 161,538         $ 166,876        $ 162,789
 Cash paid during the year for federal and state income taxes ..............      30,640            28,615           38,278
 Transfer of securities from held to maturity to available for sale ........       1,592            39,833              --

</TABLE>
                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       33

<PAGE>


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Note 1)

BUSINESS

     Valley National Bancorp ("Valley") is a bank holding company whose
principal wholly-owned subsidiary is Valley National Bank ("VNB"), a national
banking association providing a full range of commercial, retail and trust
services through its branch and ATM network throughout northern New Jersey. VNB
also lends through its consumer division and SBA program to borrowers covering
territories outside of its branch network and New Jersey. VNB is subject to
intense competition from other financial services companies and is subject to
the regulation of certain federal and state agencies and undergoes periodic
examinations by certain regulatory authorities.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The consolidated financial statements of Valley include the accounts of its
principal commercial bank subsidiary, VNB and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All
material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The
financial statements of prior years have been restated to include Wayne Bancorp,
Inc., which was acquired on October 16, 1998, in a transaction accounted for as
a pooling of interests. Certain reclassifications have been made in the
consolidated financial statements for 1997 and 1996 to conform to the
classifications presented for 1998.

     In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management has made
estimates and assumptions that effect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities as of the date of the statements of condition and results of
operations for the periods indicated. Actual results could differ significantly
from those estimates.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     Investments are classified into three categories: held to maturity;
available for sale; and trading. Valley's investment portfolio consists of each
of these three categories.

     Investment securities held to maturity, except for equity securities, are
carried at cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of
discounts by using the interest method over the term of the investment.

     Management has identified those investment securities which may be sold
prior to maturity. These investment securities are classified as available for
sale in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition and are
recorded at fair value on an aggregate basis. Unrealized holding gains and
losses on such securities are excluded from earnings, but are included as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive income which is included in
shareholders' equity, net of deferred tax.

     Realized gains or losses on the sale of investment securities available for
sale are recognized by the specific identification method and shown as a
separate component of non-interest income.

     Trading securities are recorded at market value. Included in non-interest
income are unrealized gains resulting from market value adjustments.

     In October, 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 134 "Accounting for
Mortgage-Backed Securities Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans
Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking Enterprise." This statement was adopted by
Valley and did not materially affect the financial statements.

LOANS AND LOAN FEES

     Loan origination and commitment fees, net of related costs, are deferred
and amortized as an adjustment of loan yield over the estimated lives of the
loans approximating the effective interest method.

     Loans held for sale consist of residential mortgage loans and SBA loans,
and are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair market value using the
aggregate method.

     Interest income is not accrued on loans where interest or principal is 90
days or more past due or if in management's judgement the ultimate
collectibility of the interest is doubtful. Exceptions may be made if the loan
is sufficiently collateralized and in the process of collection. When a loan is
placed on non-accrual status, interest 


                                       34

<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

accruals cease and uncollected accrued interest is reversed and charged against
current income. Payments received on non-accrual loans are applied against
principal. A loan may only be restored to an accruing basis when it again
becomes well secured and in the process of collection and all past due amounts
have been collected.

     The value of an impaired loan is measured based upon the present value of
expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, or
the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Smaller
balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, such
as residential mortgage loans and installment loans, are specifically excluded
from the impaired loan portfolio. Valley has defined the population of impaired
loans to be all non-accrual loans and other loans considered to be impaired as
to principal and interest, consisting primarily of commercial real estate loans.
The impaired loan portfolio is primarily collateral dependent. Impaired loans
are individually assessed to determine that each loan's carrying value is not in
excess of the fair value of the related collateral or the present value of the
expected future cash flows.

     Valley originates loans guaranteed by the SBA. The principal amount of
these loans is guaranteed between 75% and 80%, subject to certain dollar
limitations. Valley generally sells the guaranteed portions of these loans and
retains the unguaranteed portions as well as the rights to service the loans.
Gains are recorded on loan sales based on the cash proceeds in excess of the
assigned value of the loan, as well as the value assigned to the rights to
service the loan.

     Credit card loans primarily represent revolving MasterCard credit card
loans. Interest on credit card loans is recognized based on the balances
outstanding according to the related cardmember agreements. Direct origination
costs are deferred and amortized over 24 months, the term of the cardmember
agreement, on a straight-line basis. Net direct origination costs include costs
associated with credit card originations that are incurred in transactions with
independent third parties and certain costs relating to loan origination
programs and the preparation and processing of loan documents, net of fees
received. Ineligible direct origination costs are expensed as incurred.

ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

     The allowance for possible loan losses ("allowance") is increased through
provisions charged against current earnings and additionally by crediting
amounts of recoveries received, if any, on previously charged-off loans. The
allowance is reduced by charge-offs on loans which are determined to be a loss,
in accordance with established policies, when all efforts of collection have
been exhausted.

     The allowance is maintained at a level estimated necessary to absorb
potential loan losses and other credit risk related charge-offs. The level of
the allowance is based upon management's evaluation of potential losses in the
loan portfolio. Current and economic problems are addressed through management's
assessment of anticipated changes in the regional economic climate, changes in
composition and volume of the loan portfolio and variances in levels of
classified loans, non-performing loans and other past due amounts.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

     Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated
amortization computed on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease or
estimated useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Major improvements are
capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations as
incurred. Upon retirement or disposition, any gain or loss is credited or
charged to operations.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

     Other real estate owned ("OREO"), acquired through foreclosure on loans
secured by real estate, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, as
established by a current appraisal, less estimated costs to sell, and is
included in other assets. Any write-downs at the date of foreclosure are charged
to the allowance for possible loan losses.

     An allowance for OREO has been established to record subsequent declines in
estimated net realizable value. Expenses incurred to maintain these properties
and realized gains and losses upon sale of the properties are included in other
non-interest expense and other non-interest income, as appropriate.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Intangible assets resulting from acquisitions under the purchase method of
accounting consist of goodwill and core deposit intangibles. Goodwill, which was
recorded prior to 1987, is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 


                                       35

<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

25 years. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on accelerated methods over the
estimated lives of the assets. Goodwill and core deposit intangibles are
included in other assets.

LOAN SERVICING RIGHTS

     Loan servicing rights are generally recorded when purchased or originated
loans are sold, with servicing rights retained. The cost of each loan is
allocated between the servicing right and the loan (without the servicing right)
based on their relative fair values. Loan servicing rights, which are classified
in other assets, are amortized over the estimated net servicing life and are
evaluated on a quarterly basis for impairment based on their fair value. The
fair value is estimated using the present value of expected future cash flows
along with numerous assumptions including servicing income, cost of servicing,
discount rates, prepayment speeds, and default rates. Impairment adjustments, if
any, are recognized through the use of a valuation allowance.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     Valley accounts for its stock option plan in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB
25"). In accordance with APB 25, no compensation expense is recognized for stock
options issued to employees since the options have an exercise price equal to
the market value of the common stock on the day of the grant. Valley provides
the fair market disclosure required by SFAS No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-based
Compensation."

INCOME TAXES

     Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to
be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates
is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     On January 1, 1998, Valley adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income." SFAS No. 130 established standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses)
in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. SFAS No. 130 requires
that all items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as
components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is
displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. SFAS No. 130
does not require a specific format for that financial statement but requires
that an enterprise display an amount representing total comprehensive income for
the period in that financial statement.

     SFAS No. 130 requires that an enterprise (a) classify items of other
comprehensive income by their nature in a financial statement and (b) display
the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income separately from retained
earnings and surplus in the equity section of a statement of financial
condition. This statement was effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. The adoption of SFAS No. 130 did not have a material effect
on Valley's financial position or results of operations.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

     For Valley, the numerator of both the Basic and Diluted EPS is equivalent
to net income. The weighted average number of shares outstanding used in the
denominator for Diluted EPS is increased over the denominator used for Basic EPS
by the effect of common stock options outstanding utilizing the treasury stock
method.

     All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the 5 for 4
stock split issued May 18, 1998, and all prior stock dividends. Earnings per
share for the years 1996 and prior have not been restated for the acquisition of
Wayne Bancorp, Inc. as the issuance of capital stock in connection with the
conversion from the mutual to stock form of Wayne Savings Bank occurred on June
27, 1996.


                                       36

<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

TREASURY STOCK

     Treasury stock is recorded using the cost method and accordingly is
presented as an unallocated reduction of shareholders' equity.

IMPACT OF FUTURE ACCOUNTING CHANGES

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"), was issued by
the FASB in June 1998. SFAS No. 133 standardizes the accounting for derivative
instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts. Under the standard, entities are required to carry all derivative
instruments in the statement of financial position at fair value. Valley must
adopt SFAS No. 133 by January 1, 2000; however, early adoption is permitted.
Upon adoption, the provisions of SFAS No. 133 must be applied prospectively.
Valley anticipates that the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will not have a material
impact in the financial statements.

ACQUISITIONS (Note 2)

     On December 17, 1998, Valley signed a definitive merger agreement with
Ramapo Financial Corporation ("Ramapo"), parent of The Ramapo Bank, an 8 branch
bank headquartered in Wayne, New Jersey. At December 31, 1998 Ramapo had total
assets of $337.8 million and deposits of $295.5 million. The transaction is
expected to close in the second quarter of 1999 and will be accounted for using
the pooling of interests method of accounting. There were approximately 8.1
million shares of Ramapo common stock outstanding at December 31, 1998. The
merger agreement provides that 0.425 shares of Valley common stock will be
exchanged for each share of Ramapo common stock.

     On October 16, 1998, Valley acquired Wayne Bancorp, Inc. ("Wayne"), parent
of Wayne Savings Bank, F.S.B., headquartered in Wayne, New Jersey. At the date
of acquisition, Wayne had total assets of $272.0 million and deposits of $206.0
million, with 6 branch offices. The transaction was accounted for using the
pooling of interests method of accounting and resulted in the issuance of
approximately 2.4 million shares of Valley common stock. Each share of common
stock of Wayne was exchanged for 1.1 shares of Valley common stock. The
consolidated financial statements of Valley have been restated to include Wayne
for all periods presented. Separate results of the combining companies for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

                                                    1997              1996
                                                    ----              ----
                                                        (in thousands)

   Net interest income after provision 
    for possible loan losses:
      Valley .................................    $200,091          $194,979
      Wayne ..................................       8,458             7,300
                                                  --------          --------
                                                  $208,549          $202,279
                                                  ========          ========
   Net income:
      Valley .................................    $ 84,992          $ 70,838
      Wayne ..................................       1,954               666
                                                  --------          --------
                                                  $ 86,946          $ 71,504
                                                  ========          ========

     During 1998, Valley recorded merger-related charges of $4.5 million related
to the acquisition of Wayne. On an after tax basis, these charges totaled $3.2
million or $0.06 per diluted share. These charges include only identified direct
and incremental costs associated with this acquisition. Items included in these
charges include the following: personnel expenses which include severance
payments and benefits for terminated employees, principally, senior executives
at Wayne; real estate expenses related to the closing of duplicate facilities,
mainly two branches and the Wayne headquarters which is currently not in
service; professional fees which include investment banking, accounting and
legal fees; and other expenses which include data processing and the write-off
of supplies and other assets not considered useful in the operation of the
combined entity. The major components of merger-related charges are for real
estate dispositions, professional fees, personnel expenses and other expenses
totaled $1.5 million, $1.4 million, $1.0 million and $600 thousand,
respectively. Of the total merger-related charges $2.0 million, or 44.9% were
paid through December 31, 1998. It is expected that the remaining liability will
be fully utilized in 1999.


                                       37

<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

     On February 28, 1997, Valley acquired Midland Bancorporation, Inc.
("Midland"), parent of The Midland Bank and Trust Company ("Midland Bank"),
headquartered in Paramus, New Jersey. On February 28, 1997, Midland had total
assets of $418.6 million and deposits of $380.6 million, with 13 branches
located in Bergen County, New Jersey. The transaction was accounted for using
the pooling of interests method of accounting and resulted in the issuance of
approximately 5.0 million shares of Valley common stock. Each share of common
stock of Midland was exchanged for 37.5 shares of Valley common stock. The
consolidated financial statements of Valley have been restated to include
Midland for all periods presented.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY (Note 3)

     The amortized cost, fair value and gross unrealized gains and losses of
securities held to maturity at December 31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           December 31, 1998
                                                          -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Gross        Gross
                                                          Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized         Fair
                                                            Cost          Gains        Losses           Value
                                                          --------       -------       -------         --------
                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>     
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ......   $ 39,220        $  558        $ (15)        $ 39,763
Mortgage-backed securities ............................     62,088         1,274          (40)          63,322
Other debt securities .................................    111,922            39         (805)         111,156
                                                          --------        ------        -----         --------
  Total debt securities ...............................    213,230         1,871         (860)         214,241
FRB & FHLB stock ......................................     24,180           --           --            24,180
                                                          --------        ------        -----         --------
  Total investment securities held to maturity ........   $237,410        $1,871        $(860)        $238,421
                                                          ========        ======        =====         ========

<CAPTION>
                                                                           December 31, 1997

                                                          -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Gross        Gross
                                                          Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized         Fair
                                                            Cost          Gains        Losses           Value
                                                          --------       -------       -------         --------
                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>     
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ......   $ 58,111        $  455        $(161)        $ 58,405
Mortgage-backed securities ............................     84,129         1,743         (176)          85,696
Other debt securities .................................        195           --           --               195
                                                          --------        ------        -----         --------
  Total debt securities ...............................    142,435         2,198         (337)         144,296
FRB & FHLB stock ......................................     24,180           --           --            24,180
                                                          --------        ------        -----         --------
  Total investment securities held to maturity ........   $166,615        $2,198        $(337)        $168,476
                                                          ========        ======        =====         ========
</TABLE>


     The contractual maturities of investments in debt securities held to
maturity at December 31, 1998, are set forth in the following table:

                                                           December 31, 1998
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Amortized          Fair
                                                         Cost            Value
                                                       --------        ---------
                                                           (in thousands)

   Due in one year .................................   $ 22,429        $ 22,505
   Due after one year through five years ...........     13,446          13,866
   Due after five years through ten years ..........        304             309
   Due after ten years .............................    114,963         114,239
                                                       --------        --------
                                                        151,142         150,919
   Mortgage-backed securities ......................     62,088          63,322
                                                      --------         --------
     Total debt securities .........................    213,230         214,241
   FRB & FHLB stock ................................     24,180          24,180
                                                       --------        --------
     Total investment securities held to maturity ..   $237,410        $238,421
                                                       ========        ========


                                       38

<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     Actual maturities of debt securities may differ from those presented above
since certain obligations provide the issuer the right to call or prepay the
obligation prior to scheduled maturity without penalty. FRB and FHLB stock do
not have contractual maturities.

     The weighted-average remaining life for mortgage-backed securities held to
maturity was 2.2 years at December 31, 1998, and 4.1 years at December 31, 1997.

     The amortized cost of securities pledged to secure public deposits,
treasury tax and loan deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes
required by law approximated $119.4 million and $129.0 million at December 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively.

     In connection with the Wayne acquisition, Valley reassessed the
classification of securities held in the Wayne portfolio and transferred $1.6
million of securities held to maturity to securities available for sale to
conform with Valley's investment objectives. In 1997, in connection with the
Midland acquisition, Valley reassessed the classification of securities held in
the Midland investment portfolio and transferred $39.8 million of securities
held to maturity to securities available for sale to conform to Valley's
investment objectives.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (Note 4)

     The amortized cost, fair value and gross unrealized gains and losses of
securities available for sale at December 31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           December 31, 1998
                                                          ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Gross        Gross
                                                          Amortized    Unrealized   Unrealized         Fair
                                                            Cost          Gains       Losses           Value
                                                          --------       -------      -------         --------
                                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>     
U.S. Treasury securities and other government
 agencies and corporations ...........................    $ 84,586       $   412      $   --          $ 84,998
Obligations of states and political subdivisions .....     109,865         1,923           (7)         111,781
Mortgage-backed securities ...........................     698,772         4,138       (3,286)         699,624
                                                          --------       -------      -------         --------
  Total debt securities ..............................     893,223         6,473       (3,293)         896,403
Equity securities ....................................      26,284         4,976         (182)          31,078
                                                          --------       -------      -------         --------
  Total investment securities available for sale .....    $919,507       $11,449      $(3,475)        $927,481
                                                          ========       =======      =======         ========

<CAPTION>

                                                                           December 31, 1997
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Gross        Gross
                                                         Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized        Fair
                                                           Cost           Gains       Losses          Value
                                                        ----------       -------      -------       ----------
                                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>          <C>           <C>       
U.S. Treasury securities and other government
 agencies and corporations ...........................  $  180,703       $   688      $  (237)      $  181,154
Obligations of states and political subdivisions .....     141,409         1,302         (254)         142,457
Mortgage-backed securities ...........................     753,955         5,421       (3,034)         756,342
                                                        ----------       -------      -------       ----------
  Total debt securities ..............................   1,076,067         7,411       (3,525)       1,079,953
Equity securities ....................................       8,106         2,652          (73)          10,685
                                                        ----------       -------      -------       ----------
  Total investment securities available for sale .....  $1,084,173       $10,063      $(3,598)      $1,090,638
                                                        ==========       =======      =======       ==========
</TABLE>

                                       39

<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     The contractual maturities of investments in debt securities available for
sale at December 31, 1998, are set forth in the following table:

                                                            December 31, 1998
                                                          ----------------------
                                                          Amortized       Fair
                                                            Cost          Value
                                                          --------      --------
                                                              (in thousands)

  Due in one year .....................................   $ 92,950      $ 93,287
  Due after one year through five years ...............     60,599        61,794
  Due after five years through ten years ..............     37,178        37,577
  Due after ten years .................................      3,724         4,121
                                                           194,451       196,779
                                                          --------      --------
  Mortgage-backed securities ..........................    698,772       699,624
                                                          --------      --------
    Total debt securities .............................    893,223       896,403
  Equity securities ...................................     26,284        31,078
                                                          --------      --------
    Total investment securities available for sale ....   $919,507      $927,481
                                                          ========      ========


     Actual maturities on debt securities may differ from those presented above
since certain obligations provide the issuer the right to call or prepay the
obligation prior to scheduled maturity without penalty. Equity securities do not
have contractual maturities.

     The weighted-average remaining life for mortgage-backed securities
available for sale at December 31, 1998 and 1997 was 2.3 years and 4.1 years,
respectively.

     Gross gains (losses) realized on sales, maturities and other securities
transactions, related to securities available for sale, and unrealized holding
gains on trading account securities included in earnings for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              1998        1997       1996
                                                             ------      ------      ------
                                                                     (in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>   
   Sales transactions:
    Gross gains ...........................................  $  703      $2,374      $1,214
    Gross losses ..........................................      (1)       (209)       (522)
                                                             ------      ------      ------
                                                          .     702       2,165         692
                                                             ------      ------      ------
   Maturities and other securities transactions:
    Gross gains ...........................................     124          10          89
    Gross losses ..........................................     --          (25)        --
                                                             ------      ------      ------
                                                                124         (15)         89
                                                             ------      ------      ------
   Unrealized holding gains on trading account securities:
    Unrealized holding gains ..............................     592         --          --
                                                             ------      ------      ------
    Gains on securities transactions, net .................  $1,418      $2,150      $  781
                                                             ======      ======      ======
</TABLE>

     Cash proceeds from sales transactions were $93.1 million, $175.3 million
and $143.6 million for the years ended 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                       40

<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

LOANS (Note 5)

     The detail of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 was as
follows:

                                                 1998              1997
                                              ----------        ----------
                                                     (in thousands)

        Commercial ........................   $  463,609        $  455,732
                                              ----------        ----------
          Total commercial loans ..........      463,609           455,732
                                              ----------        ----------
        Construction ......................      101,200            83,609
        Residential mortgage ..............    1,036,110         1,034,066
        Commercial mortgage ...............      954,440           866,348
                                              ----------        ----------
          Total mortgage loans ............    2,091,750         1,984,023
                                              ----------        ----------
        Home equity .......................      201,175           196,777
        Credit card .......................      107,595           145,485
        Automobile ........................    1,032,783           930,372
        Other consumer ....................       80,938            91,101
                                              ----------        ----------
          Total consumer loans ............    1,422,491         1,363,735
                                              ----------        ----------
        Less: unearned income .............          --                (56)
                                              ----------        ----------
        Loans, net of unearned income .....   $3,977,850        $3,803,434
                                              ==========        ==========

     Included in the table above are loans held for sale in the amount of $23.5
million and $16.7 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     VNB grants loans in the ordinary course of business to its directors,
executive officers and their affiliates, on the same terms and under the same
risk conditions as those prevailing for comparable transactions with outside
borrowers.

     The following table summarizes the change in the total amounts of loans and
advances to directors, executive officers, and their affiliates during the year
1998:

                                                         1998
                                                     --------------
                                                     (in thousands)

          Outstanding at beginning of year ...........  $25,450
          New loans and advances .....................   11,582
          Repayments .................................  (12,128)
                                                        -------
          Outstanding at end of year .................  $24,904
                                                        =======


     The outstanding balances of loans which are 90 days or more past due as to
principal or interest payments and still accruing and non-performing assets at
December 31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:

                                                               1998       1997
                                                              ------    -------
                                                               (in thousands)

   Loans past due in excess of 90 days and still accruing ..  $7,359    $16,351
                                                              ======    =======
   Non-accrual loans .......................................  $7,063    $ 9,635
   Other real estate owned .................................   2,341      2,258
                                                              ------    -------
    Total non-performing assets ............................  $9,404    $11,893
                                                              ======    =======
   Troubled debt restructured loans ........................  $5,127    $ 5,248
                                                              ======    =======
                                                              
     The amount of interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual
loans in 1998, 1997 and 1996 had payments remained in accordance with the
original contractual terms approximated $1.2 million, $1.5 million and $1.6
million, while the actual amount of interest income recorded on these types of
assets in 1998, 1997 and 1996 totaled $244 thousand, $336 thousand and $1.8
million, resulting in lost (recovered) interest income of $972 thousand, $1.2
million, and $(159) thousand, respectively.


                                       41

<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     At December 31, 1998, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to
borrowers whose loans were non-accrual or contractually past due in excess of 90
days and still accruing interest.

     The impaired loan portfolio is primarily collateral dependent. Impaired
loans and their related specific and general allocations to the allowance for
loan losses totaled $16.5 million and $6.9 million, respectively, at December
31, 1998 and $21.9 million and $8.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 1997.
The average balance of impaired loans during 1998 and 1997 was approximately
$18.7 million and $25.1 million, respectively. The amount of cash basis interest
income that was recognized on impaired loans during 1998 and 1997 was $1.4
million and $1.6 million, respectively.

ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES (Note 6)

     Transactions in the allowance for possible loan losses during 1998, 1997
and 1996 were as follows:

                                                  1998        1997        1996
                                                -------     -------     -------
                                                           (in thousands)

  Balance at beginning of year ..............   $48,542     $47,811     $45,580
  Provision charged to operating expense ....    12,370      12,650       3,556
                                                -------     -------     -------
                                                 60,912      60,461      49,136
                                                -------     -------     -------
  Less net loan charge-offs:
   Loans charged-off ........................   (13,688)    (13,905)     (5,918)
   Less recoveries on loan charge-offs ......     2,644       1,986       4,593
                                                -------     -------     -------
  Net loan charge-offs ......................   (11,044)    (11,919)     (1,325)
                                                -------     -------     -------
  Balance at end of year ....................   $49,868     $48,542     $47,811
                                                =======     =======     =======


LOAN SERVICING (Note 7)

     VNB Mortgage Services, Inc. ("MSI"), a subsidiary of VNB, is a servicer of
residential mortgage loan portfolios. MSI is compensated for loan administrative
services performed for mortgage servicing rights purchased in the secondary
market and originated by VNB. The aggregate principal balances of mortgage loans
serviced by MSI for others approximated $1.6 billion, $1.2 billion and $1.1
billion at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The outstanding
balance of loans serviced for others is not included in the consolidated
statements of financial condition.

     VNB is a servicer of SBA loans, and is compensated for loan administrative
services performed for SBA loans originated and sold by VNB. VNB serviced a
total of $78.1 million and $69.7 million of SBA loans as of December 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively, for third-party investors.

     The costs associated with acquiring loan servicing rights are included in
other assets in the consolidated financial statements and are being amortized
over the estimated net servicing income.

     The following table summarizes the change in loan servicing rights during
the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:

                                            1998          1997           1996
                                          -------        -------        -------
                                                     (in thousands)
                                       
   Balance at beginning of year ........  $13,471        $12,187        $ 8,094
   Purchase and origination of loan    
    servicing rights ...................   11,986          3,905          6,167
   Amortization expense ................   (4,692)        (2,621)        (2,074)
                                          -------        -------        -------
   Balance at end of year ..............  $20,765        $13,471        $12,187
                                          =======        =======        =======
                                      
     Amortization expense is included in amortization of intangible assets.


                                       42

<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT (Note 8)

     At December 31, 1998 and 1997, premises and equipment consisted of:

                                                           1998        1997
                                                         --------    --------
                                                            (in thousands)

    Land .............................................   $ 18,297    $ 17,795
    Buildings ........................................     51,461      48,093
    Leasehold improvements ...........................     14,584      12,311
    Furniture and equipment ..........................     64,413      59,934
                                                         --------    --------
                                                          148,755     138,133
    Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ..    (68,981)    (60,262)
                                                         --------    --------
    Premises and equipment ...........................   $ 79,774    $ 77,871
                                                         ========    ========

     Depreciation and amortization included in non-interest expense for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 amounted to approximately $8.4
million, $8.9 million and $7.5 million, respectively.

OTHER ASSETS (Note 9)

     At December 31, 1998 and 1997, other assets consisted of the following:

                                                1998          1997
                                              --------      --------
                                                  (in thousands)

    Loan servicing rights ................    $20,765        $13,471
    Goodwill .............................      2,673          2,922
    Core deposit intangible ..............      1,210          1,816
    Other real estate owned, net .........      2,341          2,258
    Deferred tax asset ...................     14,806         12,920
    Other ................................     17,668         21,065
                                               ------         ------
     Total other assets ..................    $59,463        $54,452
                                              =======        =======


DEPOSITS (Note 10)

     Included in time deposits at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are certificates of
deposit over $100 thousand of $408.3 million and $483.6 million, respectively.

     Interest expense on time deposits of $100 thousand or more totaled
approximately $19.7 million, $26.9 million and $24.5 million in 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.

     The scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 1998 are as
follows:

                                                 (in thousands)

            1999 ...............................   $1,446,617
            2000 ...............................      290,404
            2001 ...............................       35,305
            2002 ...............................       39,596
            2003 ...............................       23,864
            Thereafter .........................        1,336
                                                   ----------
                                                   $1,837,122
                                                   ==========


                                       43

<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

OTHER BORROWINGS (NOTE 11)

     At December 31, 1998 and 1997, other borrowings consisted of the following:

                                                  1998           1997
                                                --------       --------
                                                     (in thousands)

            FHLB advances ....................  $212,500       $145,500
            Other ............................       449            512
                                                --------       --------
             Total other borrowings ..........  $212,949       $146,012
                                                ========       ========


     The Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances have a weighted average interest
rate of 5.89% at December 31, 1998 and 6.25% at December 31, 1997. These
advances are secured by pledges of FHLB stock, mortgage-backed securities and a
blanket assignment of qualifying mortgage loans. The advances are scheduled for
repayment as follows:

                                                      (in thousands)

            1999 ...................................     $ 50,000
            2000 ...................................       28,000
            2001 ...................................        2,000
            2002 ...................................       17,000
            2003 ...................................       82,000
            Thereafter .............................       33,500
                                                         --------
                                                         $212,500
                                                         ========

     Interest expense of $8.8 million, $5.4 million and $3.0 million was
recorded on FHLB advances during the years ended December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                       44

<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


BENEFIT PLANS (Note 12)

PENSION PLAN

     VNB has a non-contributory benefit plan covering substantially all of its
employees. The benefits are based upon years of credited service, primary social
security benefits and the employee's highest average compensation as defined. It
is VNB's funding policy to contribute annually the maximum amount that can be
deducted for federal income tax purposes. In addition, VNB has a supplemental
non-qualified, non-funded retirement plan which is designed to supplement the
pension plan for key officers.

     In February, 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures
about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits." SFAS No. 132 standardizes the
disclosure requirements for pensions and other postretirement benefits. This
statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The
adoption did not materially effect the financial statements. In connection with
the adoption of this Statement, all prior period data presented has been
restated to conform with SFAS No. 132.

     The following table sets forth change in projected benefit obligation,
change in fair value of plan assets, funded status and amounts recognized in
Valley's financial statements for the pension plans at December 31, 1998 and
1997:

                                                          1998           1997
                                                         -------        -------
                                                             (in thousands)
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year .....  $18,236        $16,217
 Service cost .........................................    1,346          1,095
 Interest cost ........................................    1,212          1,191
 Actuarial loss .......................................      145            400
 Benefits paid ........................................     (966)          (667)
                                                         -------        -------
Projected benefit obligation at end of year ...........  $19,973        $18,236
                                                         =======        =======
Change in Fair Value of Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year ........  $21,638        $16,776
 Actual return on plan assets .........................    2,758          4,818
 Employer contributions ...............................      --             711
 Benefits paid ........................................     (966)          (667)
                                                         -------        -------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year ..............  $23,430        $21,638
                                                         =======        =======
Funded status .........................................  $ 3,457        $ 3,402
Unrecognized net asset ................................     (365)          (420)
Unrecognized prior service cost .......................      367            471
Unrecognized net actuarial gain .......................   (7,677)        (6,942)
Intangible asset ......................................      (79)          (107)
                                                         -------        -------
Accrued benefit cost ..................................  $(4,297)       $(3,596)
                                                         =======        ======= 


     Net periodic pension expense for 1998, 1997 and 1996 included the following
components:

                                                1998         1997         1996
                                               ------       ------       ------
                                                        (in thousands)

Service cost ...............................   $1,346       $1,095       $1,317
Interest cost ..............................    1,212        1,191        1,119
Expected return on plan assets .............   (1,673)      (1,320)      (2,096)
Net amortization and deferral ..............      (56)          71          962
Recognized prior service cost ..............      105          118          --
Recognized net gains .......................     (191)         (33)         --
                                               ------       ------       ------
Total net periodic pension expense .........   $  743       $1,122       $1,302
                                               ======       ======       ======


                                       45

<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     The weighted average discount rate and rate of increase in future
compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of benefit
obligations for the plan were 6.75% and 5.00%, respectively, for 1998 and 7.00%
and 5.00% for 1997. The expected long term rate of return on assets was 9.00%
for both 1998 and 1997 and the weighted average discount rate used in computing
pension cost was 7.00% and 7.25% for 1998 and 1997, respectively. The pension
plan held 49,841 shares of Valley National Bancorp stock at both December 31,
1998 and 1997.

BONUS PLAN

     VNB and its subsidiaries award incentive and merit bonuses to its officers
and employees based upon a percentage of the covered employees' compensation and
determined by the achievement of certain performance objectives. Amounts charged
to salaries expense during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were $2.6 million, $2.2 million
and $1.8 million, respectively.

SAVINGS PLAN

     VNB maintains a 401K Savings and Investment Plan. This plan covers eligible
employees of VNB and its subsidiaries. The 401K plan allows employees to
contribute from 1% to 15% of their salary with VNB matching a certain percentage
out of its current years earnings with the distribution of VNB's contributions
subject to a vesting schedule. VNB's 401K contributions, net of forfeitures, for
1998, 1997 and 1996 amounted to $772 thousand, $887 thousand and $1.2 million,
respectively.

ESOP PLAN

     VNB maintains an Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") as a result of the
merger with Wayne. In 1998 and 1997, 24,217 shares and 19,863 shares,
respectively, were allocated to participants. ESOP expense for 1998 and 1997,
was $607 thousand and $357 thousand, respectively. The amount of the loan from
Valley to the ESOP was $1.3 million at December 31, 1998, and has a remaining
term of eight years at an interest rate of 8.25%. At December 31, 1998 and 1997
unallocated shares in the ESOP were 152,282 and 176,499, respectively.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

     At December 31, 1998, Valley has a stock option plan which is described
below. Valley applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related Interpretations in
accounting for its plan. Had compensation cost for the plan been determined
consistent with FASB Statement No. 123, net income and earnings per share would
have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                             1998        1997       1996
                                             ----        ----       ----
                                                     (in thousands,
                                                 except for share data)

            Net income
             As Reported .................. $97,348     $86,946     $71,504
             Pro forma ....................  96,517      86,471      70,734
            Earnings per share
             As Reported:
              Basic .......................   $1.77       $1.58       $1.33
              Diluted .....................    1.75        1.57        1.33
             Pro forma:
              Basic .......................   $1.76       $1.57       $1.33
              Diluted .....................    1.74        1.56        1.32

     Under the Employee Stock Option Plan, Valley may grant options to its
employees for up to 2.5 million shares of common stock in the form of stock
options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards. The exercise
price of options equal 100 percent of the market price of Valley's stock on the
date of grant, and an option's maximum term is ten years. The options granted
under this plan are exercisable not earlier than one year after the date of
grant, expire not more than ten years after the date of the grant, and are
subject to a vesting schedule. Non-qualified options granted by Midland and
assumed by Valley have no vesting period and a maximum term of fifteen years.


                                       46

<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


     The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in 1998, 1997 and 1996: dividend yield of 3.50
percent for 1998 and 1997 and 4.36 percent for 1996; weighted-average risk-free
interest rate of 5.0 percent for 1998, 5.75 percent for 1997 and 6.5 percent for
1996, and expected volatility of 18.5 percent for 1998, 23.9 percent for 1997
and 24.3 percent for 1996. The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 on the pro forma
net income may not be representative of the effects on pro forma net income for
future years.

     A summary of the status of qualified and non-qualified stock options as of
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and changes during the years ended on those
dates is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998                  1997                 1996
                                                 -------------------   --------------------  -------------------
                                                           Weighted-              Weighted-            Weighted-
                                                            Average                Average              Average
                                                           Exercise               Exercise             Exercise
      Stock Options                               Shares     Price       Shares     Price     Shares     Price
      -------------                              ---------  -------    ---------  --------   --------   --------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>
Outstanding at Beginning of year ............    1,383,907    $16      1,141,818    $13       718,820    $14
Granted .....................................      244,851     27        466,857     21       520,044     11
Exercised ...................................      (94,828)    14       (205,029)    11       (75,724)     9
Forfeited ...................................      (15,998)    22        (19,739)    18       (21,322)    15
                                                 ---------             ---------            ---------
Outstanding at end of year ..................    1,517,932     18      1,383,907     16     1,141,818     13
                                                 =========             =========            ========= 
Options exercisable at year-end .............      747,434     13        643,432     12       691,235     10
                                                 =========             =========            ========= 
Weighted-average fair value of options
 granted during the year ....................        $6.08                 $5.60                $5.60

</TABLE>

     The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Options Outstanding                           Options Exercisable
                 -----------------------------------------------      -------------------------------
                                   Weighted-
                                    Average
 Range of                          Remaining         Weighted-                            Weighted-
 Exercise          Number         Contractual         Average           Number             Average
  Prices         Outstanding         Life         Exercise Price      Exercisable      Exercise Price
 --------        -----------      -----------     --------------      -----------      --------------
<S>              <C>              <C>                  <C>              <C>                 <C>
  $ 5-13           322,200        10.6 years           $ 7              322,200             $ 7
   13-19           562,826         6.4                  16              327,382              16
   19-25           359,760         8.5                  23               90,353              22
   25-32           273,146         9.6                  27                7,499              26
                 ---------                                              -------
    5-32         1,517,932         8.4                  18              747,434              13
                 =========                                              =======
</TABLE>

     During 1998, 1997 and 1996, stock appreciation rights granted in tandem
with stock options were 10,375, 10,894 and 13,771, respectively. There were
45,858, 35,483 and 38,159 stock appreciation rights outstanding as of December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     Restricted stock is awarded to key employees providing for the immediate
award of Valley's common stock subject to certain vesting and restrictions. The
awards are recorded at fair market value and amortized into salary expense over
the vesting period. The following table sets forth the changes in restricted
stock awards outstanding for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.



                                       47
<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


          Restricted
         Stock Awards                          1998         1997         1996
         ------------                        -------      -------      -------
Outstanding at beginning of year .........   189,978      103,948       92,537
Granted ..................................    51,841      123,904       41,524
Vested ...................................   (48,766)     (31,600)     (26,836)
Forfeited ................................    (1,987)      (6,274)      (3,277)
                                             -------      -------      -------
Outstanding at end of year ...............   191,066      189,978      103,948
                                             =======      =======      =======


     The amount of compensation costs related to restricted stock awards
included in salary expense in 1998, 1997 and 1996 amounted to $1.0 million, $717
thousand and $448 thousand, respectively.


INCOME TAXES (Note 13)

     Income tax expense included in the financial statements consisted of the
following:

                                               1998         1997         1996
                                              -------      -------      -------
                                                       (in thousands)
Income tax from operations:
 Current:
  Federal .................................   $27,494      $31,412      $34,145
  State ...................................     3,074        1,630        3,295
                                              -------      -------      -------
                                               30,568       33,042       37,440
 Deferred:
  Federal and State .......................    (2,418)       2,355         (961)
                                              -------      -------      -------
    Total income tax expense ..............   $28,150      $35,397      $36,479
                                              =======      =======      =======


     The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to deferred tax
assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1998 and 1997
are as follows:

                                                        1998            1997
                                                       -------        -------
                                                          (in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
 Allowance for possible loan losses ...............    $20,061        $19,144
 State privilege year taxes .......................        472            311
 Non-accrual loan interest ........................        475            477
 Other ............................................      5,363          3,567
                                                       -------        -------
  Total deferred tax assets                             26,371         23,499
                                                       -------        -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
 Tax over book depreciation .......................      3,171          3,470
 Purchase accounting adjustments ..................        496            552
 Unearned discount on investments .................        502            836
 Investment securities available for sale .........      3,038          2,506
 Other ............................................      4,358          3,215
                                                       -------        -------
  Total deferred tax liabilities ..................     11,565         10,579
                                                       -------        -------
Net deferred tax assets ...........................    $14,806        $12,920
                                                       =======        =======


                                       48

<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     A reconciliation between the reported income tax expense and the amount
computed by multiplying income before taxes by the statutory federal income tax
rate is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1998           1997           1996
                                                   -------        -------        -------
                                                              (in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>    
Tax at statutory federal income tax rate .......   $43,924        $42,820        $37,794
Increases (decreases) resulted from:
 Tax-exempt interest, net of interest
  incurred to carry tax-exempts ................    (2,777)        (3,652)        (4,531)
 State income tax, net of federal tax benefit ..     1,652          1,416          2,557
 Realignment of corporate entities .............   (15,406)        (6,215)           --
 Other, net ....................................       757          1,028            659
                                                   -------        -------        -------
 Income tax expense ............................   $28,150        $35,397        $36,479
                                                   =======        =======        =======
</TABLE>


COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 14)

LEASE COMMITMENTS

     Certain bank facilities are occupied under non-cancelable long term
operating leases which expire at various dates through 2047. Certain lease
agreements provide for renewal options and increases in rental payments based
upon increases in the consumer price index or the lessor's cost of operating the
facility. Minimum aggregate lease payments for the remainder of the lease terms
are as follows:

                                                  (in thousands)
                                                  --------------
               1999 .............................    $ 4,237
               2000 .............................      3,968
               2001 .............................      3,632
               2002 .............................      3,065
               2003 .............................      2,861
               Thereafter .......................      8,825
                                                     -------
                Total lease commitments .........    $26,588
                                                     =======
     Net occupancy expense for 1998, 1997 and 1996 included approximately $2.9
million, $2.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively, of rental expenses for
leased bank facilities.


FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

     In the ordinary course of business of meeting the financial needs of its
customers, Valley, through its subsidiary VNB, is a party to various financial
instruments which are properly not reflected in the consolidated financial
statements. These financial instruments include standby and commercial letters
of credit, unused portions of lines of credit and commitments to extend various
types of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of
credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial
statements. The commitment or contract amount of these instruments is an
indicator of VNB's level of involvement in each type of instrument as well as
the exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party
to the financial instrument. VNB seeks to limit any exposure of credit loss by
applying the same credit underwriting standards, including credit review,
interest rates and collateral requirements or personal guarantees, as for
on-balance sheet lending facilities.

                                      49
<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


     The following table provides a summary of financial instruments with
off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               1998              1997
                                                            ----------        ----------
                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>      
Standby and commercial letters of credit .................   $  65,384         $  49,959
Commitments under unused lines of credit-credit card .....     808,760         1,074,810
Commitments under unused lines of credit-other ...........     485,808           524,302
Outstanding loan commitments .............................     328,583           215,281
                                                            ----------        ----------
Total financial instruments with off-balance
 sheet risk ..............................................  $1,688,535        $1,864,352
                                                            ==========        ==========

</TABLE>

     Standby letters of credit represent the guarantee by VNB of the obligations
or performance of a customer in the event the customer is unable to meet or
perform its obligations to a third party. Obligations to advance funds under
commitments to extend credit, including commitments under unused lines of
credit, are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of
any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have specified
expiration dates, which may be extended upon request, or other termination
clauses and generally require payment of a fee.

     At December 31, 1998, VNB had commitments to sell residential mortgage
loans and SBA loans totaling $4.6 million.

     The amounts set forth above do not necessarily represent future cash
requirements as it is anticipated that many of these commitments will expire
without being fully drawn upon. Most of VNB's lending activity is to customers
within the state of New Jersey, except for automobile loans, which are to
customers from 11 states, including New Jersey, and Canada.

LITIGATION

     In the normal course of business, Valley may be a party to various
outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the
consolidated financial position or results of operations of Valley will not be
materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims.

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 15)

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     Valley is subject to the regulatory capital requirements administered by
the Federal Reserve Bank. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can
initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on Valley's
financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory
framework for prompt corrective action, Valley must meet specific capital
guidelines that involve quantitative measures of Valley's assets, liabilities
and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting
practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

     Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require Valley to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I
capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier I capital to average assets, as
defined in the regulations. As of December 31, 1998, Valley exceeded all capital
adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

     The most recent notification received from the Federal Reserve Bank
categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for
prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized Valley must
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, Tier I leverage ratios as
set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that
notification that management believes have changed the institution's category.


                                       50
<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


     Valley's actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 1998 and 1997
are presented in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         To be Well Capitalized
                                                                                              Under Prompt
                                                                  Minimum Capital           Corrective Action
                                              Actual               Requirements                Provisions
                                       -------------------       --------------------       ------------------
                                        Amount       Ratio        Amount        Ratio        Amount      Ratio
                                       --------      -----       --------       -----       --------     ----- 

                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>            <C>        <C>             <C>        <C>           <C>  
As of December 31, 1998
 Total Risk-based Capital ...........  $595,921       14.5%      $328,670        8.0%       $410,837      10.0%
 Tier I Risk-based Capital ..........   546,053       13.3        164,335        4.0         246,502       6.0
 Tier I Leverage Capital ............   546,053       10.1        215,865        4.0         269,831       5.0

As of December 31, 1997
 Total Risk-based Capital ...........   542,003       14.4        300,368        8.0         375,460      10.0
 Tier I Risk-based Capital ..........   501,002       13.3        150,184        4.0         225,276       6.0
 Tier I Leverage Capital ............   501,002        9.3        214,464        4.0         268,080       5.0

</TABLE>

DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

     VNB, a national banking association, is subject to a limitation in the
amount of dividends it may pay to Valley, VNB's only shareholder. Prior approval
by the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") is required to the extent that the
total of all dividends to be declared by VNB in any calendar year exceeds net
profits, as defined, for that year combined with its retained net profits from
the preceding two calendar years, less any transfers to capital surplus. Under
this limitation, VNB could declare dividends in 1999 without prior approval of
the OCC of up to $46.5 million plus an amount equal to VNB's net profits for
1999 to the date of such dividend declaration.

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

     The following table summarizes the share transactions for the three years
ended December 31, 1998:

                                                                      Shares in
                                                    Shares Issued     Treasury
                                                    -------------    ---------- 
 Balance, December 31, 1995 .....................    49,550,214       (138,613)
  Stock dividend (5%) ...........................     1,002,025      1,178,743
  Effect of stock incentive plan, net ...........        26,688        126,595
  Issuance of stock .............................     2,454,521            --
  Purchase of treasury stock ....................       (16,838)    (1,510,186)
                                                     ----------       -------- 
 Balance, December 31, 1996 .....................    53,016,610       (343,461)
  Stock dividend (5%) ...........................     2,511,465            --
  Effect of stock incentive plan, net ...........        (7,381)       226,695
  Purchase of treasury stock ....................           --        (239,316)
                                                     ----------       -------- 
 Balance, December 31, 1997 .....................    55,520,694       (356,082)
  Effect of stock incentive plan, net ...........       (17,634)       152,472
  Purchase of treasury stock ....................           --        (220,125)
  Issuance of stock from treasury ...............           --         187,000
                                                     ----------       -------- 
 Balance, December 31, 1998 .....................    55,503,060       (236,735)
                                                     ==========       ======== 


TREASURY STOCK

     On May 26, 1998 Valley's Board of Directors rescinded its previously
announced stock repurchase program after 220,125 shares of Valley common stock
had been repurchased. Rescinding the remaining authorization was undertaken in
connection with Valley's acquisition of Wayne.


                                       51
<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (Note 16)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Quarters Ended 1998
                                                          ----------------------------------------------------
                                                          March 31        June 30       Sept 30        Dec 31
                                                          --------        -------       -------        -------
                                                                  (in thousands, except for share data)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>    
Interest income ........................................   $97,334        $97,449       $98,055        $96,818
Interest expense .......................................    40,499         40,185        40,210         39,210
Net interest income ....................................    56,835         57,264        57,845         57,608
Provision for possible loan losses .....................     2,570          3,385         3,070          3,345
Non-interest income ....................................    10,400         11,037        10,813         10,823
Non-interest expense ...................................    31,127         31,173        33,710         38,747
Income before income taxes .............................    33,538         33,743        31,878         26,339
Income tax expense .....................................     9,859          8,760         7,020          2,511
Net income .............................................    23,679         24,983        24,858         23,828

Earnings per share:
 Basic .................................................      0.43           0.45          0.45           0.43
 Diluted ...............................................      0.43           0.45          0.45           0.43
Cash dividends per share ...............................      0.22           0.25          0.25           0.25

Average shares outstanding:
 Basic ..............................................   55,024,368     54,962,274    54,974,545     54,988,705
 Diluted ............................................   55,641,013     55,630,639    55,610,876     55,546,491

<CAPTION>

                                                                           Quarters Ended 1997
                                                          ----------------------------------------------------
                                                          March 31        June 30       Sept 30        Dec 31
                                                          --------        -------       -------        -------
                                                                  (in thousands, except for share data)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>    
Interest income ........................................   $95,717        $96,178       $97,333        $97,856
Interest expense .......................................    41,306         40,751        41,711         42,117
Net interest income ....................................    54,411         55,427        55,622         55,739
Provision for possible loan losses .....................     1,325          1,975         2,275          7,075
Non-interest income ....................................    10,298         10,655        11,911         10,148
Non-interest expense ...................................    30,790         32,339        31,628         34,461
Income before income taxes .............................    32,594         31,768        33,630         24,351
Income tax expense .....................................    11,190         10,768        11,291          2,148
Net income .............................................    21,404         21,000        22,339         22,203

Earnings per share:
 Basic .................................................      0.39           0.38          0.41           0.40
 Diluted ...............................................      0.39           0.38          0.40           0.40
Cash dividends per share ...............................      0.19           0.22          0.22           0.22

Average shares outstanding:
 Basic ..............................................   54,988,277     54,903,132    54,883,028     54,850,180
 Diluted ............................................   55,301,744     55,248,595    55,257,535     55,371,704

</TABLE>

                                       52
<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION (Note 17)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Years Ended December 31,
                                                                           ------------------------------------
                                                                            1998            1997         1996
                                                                           -------        -------       -------
                                                                                       (in thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>    
Income
 Dividends from subsidiary .............................................   $85,101        $49,500       $70,269
 Interest from subsidiary ..............................................       959            550           798
 Gains on securities transactions, net .................................       743          1,849           219
 Other interest and dividends ..........................................       683          1,475           598
                                                                           -------        -------       -------
                                                                            87,486         53,374        71,884
Expenses ...............................................................     3,440          2,555         2,529
                                                                           -------        -------       -------
Income before income taxes and equity in
 undistributed earnings in subsidiary ..................................    84,046         50,819        69,355
Income tax expense (benefit) ...........................................       187            295           (47)
                                                                           -------        -------       -------
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary ...........    83,859         50,524        69,402
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary .........................    13,489         36,422         2,102
                                                                           -------        -------       -------
Net income .............................................................   $97,348        $86,946       $71,504
                                                                           =======        =======       =======

</TABLE>

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                                               December 31,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                           1998          1997
                                                         --------      --------
                                                             (in thousands)
ASSETS
 Cash .................................................   $ 1,086       $   478
 Interest bearing deposits with banks .................    16,147        20,200
 Investment securities available for sale .............    71,174        29,605
 Trading account securities ...........................     1,592            --
 Investment in subsidiary .............................   476,419       462,768
 Advance to subsidiary ................................        --         3,409
 Loan to subsidiary bank ESOP .........................     1,250         1,428
 Other assets .........................................     3,910         4,270
                                                         --------      --------
   Total assets .......................................  $571,578      $522,158
                                                         ========      ========
LIABILITIES
 Dividends payable to shareholders ....................   $13,749       $11,747
 Other liabilities ....................................     2,042         1,10
                                                         --------      --------
   Total liabilities ..................................    15,791        12,855
                                                         --------      --------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Common stock .........................................    24,424        24,345
 Surplus ..............................................   311,611       310,904
 Retained earnings ....................................   223,185       178,739
 Unallocated common stock held by the ESOP ............    (1,331)       (1,604)
 Accumulated other comprehensive income ...............     4,084         3,614
                                                         --------      --------
                                                          561,973       515,998
 Treasury stock, at cost ..............................    (6,186)       (6,695)
                                                         --------      --------
   Total shareholders' equity .........................   555,787       509,303
                                                         --------      --------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .........  $571,578      $522,158
                                                         ========      ========


                                       53
<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Years Ended December 31,
                                                                         -------- ----------------------------
                                                                           1998           1997         1996
                                                                         --------      --------       --------
                                                                                     (in thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>     
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income                                                              $ 97,348      $ 86,946       $ 71,504
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
 Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary .....................     (13,489)      (36,422)        (2,102)
 Depreciation and amortization ......................................         465           570            434
 Amortization of compensation costs on non-qualified stock
  options and restricted stock awards ...............................       1,036           898            448
 Net deferred income tax (benefit) expense ..........................         (15)           89            482
 Net accretion of discounts .........................................        (360)         (838)            --
 Net gains on securities transactions ...............................        (743)       (1,849)          (219)
 Net (increase) decrease in other assets ............................        (106)          274        (10,770)
 Net decrease in other liabilities ..................................      (1,474)       (1,460)          (295)
                                                                         --------      --------       --------
   Net cash provided by operating activities ........................      82,662        48,208         59,482
                                                                         --------      --------       --------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale ....      16,918         6,050            715
 Proceeds from maturing investment securities available for sale ....      15,000            --             --
 Purchases of investment securities available for sale ..............     (71,809)      (22,264)        (2,242)
 Net decrease(increase) in short-term investments ...................       4,053         7,300         (1,000)
 Decrease (increase) in advance to subsidiary .......................       3,409         5,204         (8,727)
 ESOP loan to subsidiary ............................................          --            --         (1,785)
 Payment of ESOP loan ...............................................         178           181             --
                                                                         --------      --------       --------
   Net cash used in investing activities ............................     (32,251)       (3,529)       (13,039)
                                                                         --------      --------       --------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 Purchases of common shares added to treasury .......................      (6,658)       (4,417)       (32,267)
 Dividends paid to common shareholders ..............................     (50,052)      (42,805)       (38,373)
 Common stock issued, net of cancellations ..........................       6,907         1,156         21,669
                                                                         --------      --------       --------
   Net cash used in financing activities ............................     (49,803)      (46,066)       (48,971)
                                                                         --------      --------       --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ................         608        (1,387)        (2,528)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ......................         478         1,865          4,393
                                                                         --------      --------       --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ............................    $  1,086      $    478       $  1,865
                                                                         ========      ========       ========

</TABLE>

FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Note 18)

     Limitations: The fair value estimates made at December 31, 1998 and 1997
were based on pertinent market data and relevant information on the financial
instruments at that time. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount
that could result from offering for sale at one time the entire portfolio of
financial instruments. Because no market exists for a portion of the financial
instruments, fair value estimates may be based on judgments regarding future
expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of
various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective
in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and
therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could
significantly affect the estimates.

     Fair value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet
financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated
future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered
financial 


                                       54
<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


instruments. For instance, Valley has certain fee-generating business
lines (e.g., its mortgage servicing operation and trust department) that were
not considered in these estimates since these activities are not financial
instruments. In addition, the tax implications related to the realization of the
unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value
estimates and have not been considered in many of the estimates.

     The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial instruments and mortgage servicing rights:

          Cash and short-term investments: For such short-term investments, the
     carrying amount is considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

          Investment securities held to maturity, investment securities
     available for sale and trading account securities: Fair values are based on
     quoted market prices.

          Loans: Fair values are estimated by obtaining quoted market prices,
     when available. The fair value of other loans is estimated by discounting
     the future cash flows using market discount rates that reflect the credit
     and interest-rate risk inherent in the loan.

          Deposit liabilities: Current carrying amounts approximate estimated
     fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts. The fair value of time
     deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using
     estimated rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining
     maturity.

          Short-term borrowings: Current carrying amounts approximate estimated
     fair value.

          Other borrowings: The fair value is estimated by discounting future
     cash flows based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms
     and remaining maturity.

     The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments
were as follows at December 31, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1998                        1997
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Carrying        Fair         Carrying        Fair
                                                        Amount         Value         Amount         Value
                                                     ----------     ----------     ----------    ----------
                                                                           (in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>       
Financial assets:
 Cash and due from banks .........................   $  175,794     $  175,794     $  151,620    $  151,620
 Federal funds sold ..............................      102,000        102,000         33,400        33,400
 Investment securities held to maturity ..........      237,410        238,421        166,615       168,476
 Investment securities available for sale ........      927,481        927,481      1,090,638     1,090,638
 Trading account securities ......................        1,592          1,592             --            --
 Net loans .......................................    3,927,982      3,967,221      3,754,892     3,798,176
                                                                                                 
Financial liabilities:                                                                           
 Deposits with no stated maturity ................    2,837,567      2,837,567      2,700,001     2,700,001
 Deposits with stated maturities .................    1,837,122      1,847,385      1,902,320     1,910,164
 Short-term borrowings ...........................       53,081         53,081         56,938        56,938
 Other borrowings ................................      212,949        214,958        146,012       146,166
                                                                                                  
</TABLE>

     The estimated fair value of financial instruments with off-balance sheet
risk, consisting of unamortized fee income at December 31, 1998 and 1997 is not
material.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS (Note 19)

     VNB has three major business segments it monitors and reports on to manage
its business operations. These segments are consumer lending, commercial
lending, and investment management. Lines of business and actual structure of
operations determine each segment. Each is reviewed routinely for its asset
growth, contribution to pretax net income and return on assets. Expenses related
to the branch network, all other components of retail banking, along


                                       55
<PAGE>

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

with the back office departments of the bank are allocated to each of the three
business segments. The financial reporting for each segment contains allocations
and reporting in line with VNB's operations, which may not necessarily be
compared to any other financial institution. The accounting for each segment
includes internal accounting policies designed to measure consistent and
reasonable financial reporting.

     Consumer lending delivers loan and banking products and services mainly to
individuals and small businesses through its branches, ATM machines, PC banking
and sales, service and collection force within each lending department. The
products and services include residential mortgages, home equity loans,
automobile loans, credit card loans, trust services and mortgage servicing for
investors. Automobile lending is generally available throughout New Jersey, but
is also currently available in eleven states and Canada as part of a referral
program with a major insurance company.

     The commercial lending division provides loan products and services to
small and medium commercial establishments throughout northern New Jersey. These
include lines of credit, term loans, letters of credit, asset-based lending,
construction, development and permanent real estate financing for owner occupied
and leased properties and Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans. The SBA
loans are offered through a sales force covering New Jersey and a number of
surrounding states and territories. The commercial lending division serves
numerous businesses through departments organized into product or specific
geographic divisions.

     The investment function handles the management of the investment portfolio,
asset-liability management and government banking for VNB. The objectives of
this department are production of income and liquidity through the investment of
VNB's funds. The bank purchases and holds a mix of bonds, notes, U.S. and other
governmental securities and other investments.

     The corporate segment represents assets and income and expense items not
directly attributable to a specific segment.

     The following table represents the financial data for the three business
segments for the years 1998 and 1997. It is not practical to show information
for 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              
                                    Consumer Lending         Commercial Lending       Investment Management   
                                 -----------------------   -----------------------   -----------------------  
                                    1998         1997         1998         1997         1998         1997     
                                 ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------  
                                                                          (in thousands)
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         
Average interest-earning       
 assets .......................  $2,404,902   $2,288,225   $1,454,928   $1,376,607   $1,230,493   $1,376,218 
                                 ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ========== 
Interest income ...............  $  190,017   $  182,831   $  126,245   $  121,742   $   79,592   $   89,719  
Interest expense ..............      75,521       74,855       45,689       45,033       38,641       45,021  
                                 ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------- 
Net interest income ...........     114,496      107,976       80,556       76,709       40,951       44,698  
Provision for possible loan                                                                                   
 losses .......................      10,550       11,100        1,700        1,275          --           --  
                                 ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------- 
Net interest income after                                                                                     
 provision for possible                                                                                       
 loan losses ..................     103,946       96,876       78,856       75,434       40,951       44,698  
Non-interest income ...........      16,310       19,737        6,040        6,092           20          --   
Non-interest expense ..........      29,973       39,588        9,208        8,248          111          --   
Internal expense transfer .....      33,655       23,880       20,361       17,667       17,221       15,435  
                                 ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------- 
Income before income taxes ....  $   56,628   $   53,145   $   55,327   $   55,611   $   23,639   $   29,263  
                                 ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========  
Return on average              
 interest-earning assets       
 (pre-tax) ....................       2.35%        2.32%        3.80%        4.04%        1.92%        2.13%  
                             
<CAPTION>

                                 Corporate and Other
                                       Adjustments                 Total
                                 -----------------------   -----------------------
                                    1998         1997         1998         1997
                                 ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       
Average interest-earning       
 assets .......................  $    8,034   $   29,718   $5,098,357   $5,070,768
                                 ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Interest income ...............  $   (6,198)  $   (7,208)  $  389,656   $  387,084
Interest expense ..............         253          976      160,104      165,885
                                 ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Net interest income ...........      (6,451)      (8,184)     229,552      221,199
Provision for possible loan                                             
 losses .......................         120          275       12,370       12,650
                                 ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Net interest income after                                               
 provision for possible                                                 
 loan losses ..................      (6,571)      (8,459)     217,182      208,549
Non-interest income ...........      20,703       17,183       43,073       43,012
Non-interest expense ..........      95,465       81,382      134,757      129,218
Internal expense transfer .....     (71,237)     (56,982)        --           --

Income before income taxes ....  $  (10,096)  $  (15,676)  $  125,498   $  122,343
                                 ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========

Return on average              
 interest-earning assets       
 (pre-tax) ....................         --           --         2.46%        2.41%

</TABLE>

                                       56
<PAGE>

[KPMG LOGO]


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

KPMG LLP

Certified Public Accountants

New Jersey Headquarters
150 John F. Kennedy Parkway
Short Hills, NJ 07078

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS
VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial
condition of Valley National Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998
and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in
shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1998. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Valley
National Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

                                                  KPMG LLP

January 20, 1999



                                       57

<PAGE>

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None

                                    PART III


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information which will be set forth under the caption "Director
Information" in the 1999 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Certain information on Executive Officers of the registrant is included in Part
I, Item 4A of this report, which is also incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information which will be set forth under the caption "Executive
Compensation" in the 1999 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The information which will be set forth under the caption "Stock Ownership
of Management and Principal Shareholders" in the 1999 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information which will be set forth under the captions "Certain
Transactions with Management" and "Personnel and Compensation Committee
Interlocks and Insider Participation" in the 1999 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.

                                     PART IV


ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) Financial Statements and Schedules:

    The financial statements listed on the index of this Annual Report on Form
    10-K are filed as part of this Annual Report.

    All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either
    inapplicable or not required, or because the required information is
    included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

(b) Current Reports on Form 8-K during the quarter ended December 31, 1998:

    On October 12, 1998 to report financial results for the third quarter of
    1998.

    On October 16, 1998 to report the merger of Wayne Bancorp, Inc. into Valley
    National Bancorp effective as of the close of business on October 16, 1998.

    On December 22, 1998 to report the signing of the Agreement and Plan of
    Merger, dated December 17, 1998 among Valley National Bancorp, Valley
    National Bank, Ramapo Financial Corporation and The Ramapo Bank.

(c) Exhibits (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K):


                                       58

<PAGE>


(3) Articles of Incorporation and By-laws:

    A.  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as in effect on
        February 12, 1997 is incorporated herein by reference to the
        Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31,
        1996.

    B.  Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation dated April 30, 1997 is
        incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
        Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997.

    C.  Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation dated May 1, 1998 is
        incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
        Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998.

    D.  By-laws of the Registrant adopted as of March 14, 1989 and amended March
        19, 1991.

(10) Material Contracts:

    A.  Restated and amended "Change in Control Agreements" dated January 1,
        1999 between Valley, VNB and Gerald H. Lipkin, Peter Southway, Peter
        John Southway, Robert Meyer, and Peter Crocitto.

    B.  "Change in Control Agreements" dated January 1, 1995 between Valley, VNB
        and Robert Farrell, Richard Garber and Robert Mulligan are incorporated
        herein by reference to the Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report for the
        year ended December 31, 1994.

      C.  "Change in Control Agreement" dated February 1, 1996 between Valley,
          VNB and Jack Blackin is incorporated herein by reference to the
          Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31,
          1996.

    D.  "Change in Control Agreement" dated April 15, 1996 between Valley, VNB
        and John Prol is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant's
        Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1996.

    E.  "The Valley National Bancorp Long-term Stock Incentive Plan" dated
        January 19, 1999 is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant's
        Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy dated March 1, 1999.

    F.  "Severance Agreements" dated August 17, 1994 between Valley, VNB and
        Gerald H. Lipkin and Peter Southway are incorporated by reference to
        Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 33-55765) filed
        with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 1994.

    G.  "Stock Option Agreement" dated April 1, 1992 between Valley and Michael
        Guilfoile is incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report
        on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1994.

    H.  "Split-Dollar Agreement" dated July 7, 1995 between Valley, VNB, and
        Gerald H. Lipkin is incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on
        Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1995.

    I.  "Employment Arrangement" dated June 6, 1996 between Valley, VNB and
        Peter Southway is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant's
        Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1996.

    J.  "Severance Agreements" as of January 1, 1998 between Valley, VNB and
        Peter Crocitto, Robert M. Meyer and Peter John Southway are incorporated
        herein by reference to the Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report for the
        year ended December 31, 1997.

    K.  "Change in Control Agreement" dated January 1, 1998 between Valley, VNB
        and Alan Lipsky is incorporated herein by reference to Registrant's
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998.

    L.  "Change in Control Agreements" dated January 1, 1999 between Valley, VNB
        and Alan D. Eskow and Robert J. Farnon.


                                       59

<PAGE>


(21) List of Subsidiaries:

(a) Subsidiary of Valley:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Jurisdiction of           Percentage of Voting
                  Name                                 Incorporation       Securities Owned by the Parent
                  ----                                 -------------       ------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                              <C> 
      Valley National Bank (VNB)                       United States                    100%

(b)  Subsidiaries of VNB:
      VNB Mortgage Services, Inc.                       New Jersey                      100%
      BNV Realty Incorporated (BNV)                     New Jersey                      100%
      VN Investment, Inc.                               New Jersey                      100%
      VNB Financial Advisors, Inc.                      New Jersey                      100%
      VNB Loan Services, Inc.                           New York                        100%
      VNB RSI, Inc.                                     New Jersey                      100%
      Wayne Ventures, Inc.                              New Jersey                      100%
      Wayne Title Company, Inc.                         New Jersey                      100%
      VNB International Services, Inc. (ISI)            New Jersey                      100%


(c)  Subsidiary of ISI:
      VNB Financial Services, Inc.                        Canada                        100%

(d)  Subsidiaries of BNV
          SAR  I, Inc.                                  New Jersey                      100%
          SAR II, Inc.                                  New Jersey                      100%

</TABLE>

(23) Consents of Experts and Counsel

     Consent of KPMG LLP.

(24) Power of Attorney of Certain Directors and Officers of Valley

(27) Financial Data Schedule


                                       60

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                     VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP


                                    By      /s/ GERARD H. LIPKIN
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        GERARD H. LIPKIN, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD,
                                        PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                         
Dated: February 26, 1999

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has
been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in
the capacities indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                          <C>                                              <C> 
                 SIGNATURE                              TITLE                                       DATE
                 ---------                              -----                                       ----
          /s/ GERALD H. LIPKIN               Chairman, President and Chief                    February 26, 199
- ---------------------------------------       Executive Officer and Director
              GERALD H. LIPKIN         

           /s/ PETER SOUTHWAY                Vice Chairman (Principal Financial               February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------       Officer) and Director
               PETER SOUTHWAY          

            /s/ ALAN D. ESKOW                Corporate Secretary, Senior Vice                 February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------       President and Controller
                ALAN D. ESKOW                 (Principal Accounting Officer)

             ANDREW B. ABRAMSON*             Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
             ANDREW B. ABRAMSON

              PAMELA BRONANDER*              Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
              PAMELA BRONANDER

             JOSEPH COCCIA, JR.*             Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
             JOSEPH COCCIA, JR.

             HAROLD P. COOK, III*            Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
             HAROLD P. COOK, III

             AUSTIN C. DRUKKER*              Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
              AUSTIN C. DRUKKER

             WILLARD L. HEDDEN*              Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
              WILLARD L. HEDDEN

              GRAHAM O. JONES*               Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
               GRAHAM O. JONES

            WALTER H. JONES, III*            Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
            WALTER H. JONES, III

                GERALD KORDE*                Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
                GERALD KORDE

              JOLEEN J. MARTIN*              Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
              JOLEEN J. MARTIN

</TABLE>

                                       61

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                          <C>                                              <C> 
                 SIGNATURE                              TITLE                                       DATE
                 ---------                              -----                                       ----
             ROBERT E. MCENTEE*              Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
             ROBERT E. MCENTEE

               SAM P. PINYUH*                Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
               SAM P. PINYUH

              ROBERT RACHESKY*               Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
              ROBERT RACHESKY

               BARNETT RUKIN*                Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
               BARNETT RUKIN

              RICHARD F. TICE*               Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
              RICHARD F. TICE

           LEONARD J. VORCHEIMER*            Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
           LEONARD J. VORCHEIMER

              JOSEPH L. VOZZA*               Director                                         February 26, 1999
- ---------------------------------------
              JOSEPH L. VOZZA

*By Gerald H. Lipkin, as attorney-in-fact.

</TABLE>

                                       62

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT NUMBER                            EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION

(3) D                                     By-laws

(10) A                                    Change in control agreements -
                                          Gerald H. Lipkin, Peter Southway,
                                          Peter John Southway, Robert Meyer,
                                          Peter Crocitto

(10) L                                    Change in control agreements -
                                          Alan D. Eskow, Robert J. Farnon

(23)                                      Consent of KPMG LLP

(24)                                      Power of Attorney

(27)                                      Financial Data Schedule




                                     BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                             VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP

                                    ARTICLE I
                              SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

      1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of shareholders for the election of
directors and such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall
be held upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days written notice of the date,
time, place and purposes of the meeting. The annual meeting shall be held at
3:00 p.m. on the fourth Tuesday of March each year at the principal place of
business of the Corporation, 505 Allwood Road, Clifton, New Jersey, or at such
other time and place as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

      2. Nominations for Director. Nominations for election to the Board of
Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or upon 90 days advance written
notice to the Board of Directors by any shareholder of any outstanding class of
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors.

      3. Special Meetings. A special meeting of shareholders may be called for
any purpose by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, the President or a
majority of the Board of Directors. A special meeting shall be held upon not
less than 10 nor more than 60 days written notice of the time, place and purpose
of the meeting.


                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>

      4. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock
represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of
shareholders. The majority of the shareholders at a meeting, though less than a
quorum, may adjourn any meeting. The corporation shall not be required to give
notice of an adjourned meeting if the time and place of the meeting are
announced at the meeting from which an adjournment is taken and the business
transacted at the adjourned meeting is limited to that which might have been
transacted at the original meeting.

      5. Shareholder Action. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every
question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless
otherwise provided by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, by the
certificate of incorporation or by these By -Laws.

      6. Record Date. The Board of Directors shall fix a record date for each
meeting of shareholders and for other corporate action for purposes of
determining the shareholders of the corporation who are entitled to: (i) notice
of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders; (ii) give a written consent to any
action without a meeting; or (iii) receive payment of any dividend,
distribution, or allotment of any right. The record date may not be more than 60
days nor less than 10 days prior to the shareholders meeting, or other corporate
action or event to which it relates.


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

      7. Inspectors of Election. In advance of any shareholders' meeting, the
Board of Directors may appoint one or more inspectors of election whose duty it
shall be to determine the shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the
shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity
and effect of proxies. The inspectors shall receive and tabulate all votes,
except voice votes, determine the results of all such votes, including the
election of directors, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or
vote, including hearing and determining all challenges and questions arising in
connection with the right to vote. After any meeting, the inspectors shall file
with the Secretary of the meeting a certificate under their hands, certifying
the result oil any vote or election, and in the case of an election, the names
of the directors elected.

      8. Proxies. Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by
proxies duly authorized in writing.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                    DIRECTORS

      1. Board of Directors. The Board of Directors (the "Board"), shall have
power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the Corporation.
Except as expressly limited by these By-Laws, all powers of the Corporation
shall be vested in and may be exercised by the Board.

      2. Number and Term of Office. The number of directors shall be not less
than five and not more than 25. The exact number shall be


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

determined by the Board. Directors shall be elected by the shareholders at each
annual meeting and shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
shareholders and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified.
The Board shall have the right to increase the number of directors between
annual meetings and to fill vacancies so created and other vacancies occurring
for any reason. 

      3. Directors Emeritus and Honorary Directors. The Board may grant the
title of Director Emeritus or Honorary Director to such former directors or
other worthy individuals as it determines who will receive any fees,
entitlements, duties and powers as may be conferred by the Board in its
discretion.

      4. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board shall be held without
notice immediately following and at the same place as the annual shareholders'
meeting for the purpose of electing officers and conducting any other business
as may come before the meeting. The Board shall hold a regular meeting on the
second Tuesday of each month and, by resolution, may provide for different or
additional regular meetings. All regular meetings shall be held in the Main
Office of Valley National Bank, 615 Main Avenue, Passaic, New Jersey, unless
otherwise provided by the Board. All regular meetings may be held without notice
to any director, except that a director not present at the time of the adoption
of a resolution setting forth different or additional regular meeting dates
shall be entitled to notice of those meetings.


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

      5. Special Meetings. A special meeting of the Board may be called for any
purpose at any time by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, the President or
by a majority of the directors. The meeting shall be held upon not less than one
days' notice if given by telegraph or orally (either by telephone or in person),
or upon not less than three days notice if given by depositing the notice in the
United States mails, postage prepaid. The notice shall specify the time and
place of the meeting.

      6. Action Without Meeting. The Board may act without a meeting if, prior
or subsequent to the action, each member of the Board shall consent in writing
to the action. The written consent or consents shall be filed in the minute
book.

      7. Quorum. A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum at any
meeting, except when otherwise provided by the New Jersey Business Corporation
Act. However, a smaller number may adjourn any meeting and the meeting may be
held, as adjourned, without further notice. The act of the majority present at a
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, unless
otherwise provided by the New jersey Business Corporation Act, the certificate
of incorporation or these By-Laws.

      8. Vacancies in Board of Directors. Any vacancy in the Board, including a
vacancy caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors.


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

      9. Telephone Participation in Board Meetings. One or more directors may
participate in a meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, by means of
a speaker or conference telephone or similar communications equipment which
permits all person participating in the meeting to hear each other. Any director
who is unable to attend any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof shall
have the right, upon prior written request, to participate in the meeting by
such telephone hook-up if the means are reasonably available at the place where
the meeting is to be held.

                                   ARTICLE III
                             COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

      1. Executive Committee. The Board, by the vote of a majority of the entire
Board, annually shall appoint an Executive Committee composed of at least five
directors, among whom shall be the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer of
the Corporation. At least three members or a majority of the Committee shall not
be employees of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. The Executive
Committee shall have and may exercise all of the power of the Board except as
otherwise provided in the New Jersey Business Corporation Act. As provided, in
the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, the Executive Committee shall not (i)
make, alter or repeal any of these By-Laws; (ii) elect or appoint any director,
or remove any officer or director; (iii) submit to shareholders any action that
requires shareholders' approval; and (iv) amend or repeal any 


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

resolution theretofore adopted by the Board which by its terms is amendable or
repealable only by the Board. The Executive Committee shall keep minutes of its
meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted to the next regular or special
meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the
Board with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the Board. A
majority of the directors on the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business. The Chairman shall serve as chairman of the
Executive Committee.

      2. Nominating Committee. The Board, by the vote of a majority of the
entire Board, annually shall appoint a Nominating Committee composed of at least
five directors, one of the of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation, and the balance of whose members shall not be employees of the
Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. The Nominating Committee shall identify
and select candidates for nomination to the Board and recommend those selected
to the entire Board for its approval.

      3. Audit and Examining Committee. The Board, by the vote of a majority of
the entire Board, annually shall appoint an Audit and Examining Committee
composed of not less than three directors who shall not be active officers or
employees of the Corporation. This Committee shall review significant audit and
accounting principles, policies and practices, meet with the internal auditors
of Valley National Bank (the "Bank"), review the report of the annual directors'
examination of the Bank 


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

conducted by the outside auditors and review examination reports and other
reports of federal regulatory agencies.

      4. Compensation Committee. The Board, by the vote of a majority of the
entire Board, annually shall appoint a Compensation Committee Composed of at
least five directors, none of whom shall be an officer of the Corporation. The
Compensation Committee shall approve the salaries of Senior Officers of the
Corporation and the Corporation's Profit Sharing, Pension, Long Term Stock
Incentive and other compensation plans.

      5. Other Committees. The Board may appoint, from time to time, from its
own members, ad hoc and other committees of one or more directors, for such
purposes and with such powers as the Board may determine.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                WAIVERS OF NOTICE

      Any notice required by these By-Laws, by the certificate of incorporation,
or by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may be waived in writing by any
person entitled to notice. The waiver, or waivers, may be executed either before
or after the event with respect to which the notice is waived. Each director or
shareholder attending a meeting without protesting, prior to its conclusion, the
lack of proper notice shall be deemed conclusively to have waived notice of the
meeting.


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    OFFICERS

      1. Election. At its regular meeting following the annual meeting of
shareholders, the Board shall elect a Chief Executive Officer, a Chairman of the
Board, a Vice Chairman, a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer, a Secretary,
and such other officers as it shall deem necessary. One person may hold two or
more offices.

      2. Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors shall appoint one of
its members to be Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to serve at the
pleasure of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer may also hold another office
or offices in the Corporation. He shall have general authority over all the
business and affairs of the Corporation.

      3. Chairman of the Board. The Board shall appoint one of its members to be
Chairman of the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board. Such person shall
preside at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders, and shall also
have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be
conferred or assigned by the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer. In the
Chairman's absence, the Board will designate one of the senior officers who are
members of the Board to serve as Chairman.

      4. Vice Chairman. The Board of Directors shall appoint one or more of its
members to be Vice Chairman to serve at the pleasure of the Board. Such person
shall have such power and duties as may be 


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

assigned by these By-Laws, by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive
Officer.

      5. President. The Board shall appoint one of its members to be President
of the Corporation. The President shall have and may exercise any and all powers
and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of
president, or imposed by these By-Laws. The President shall also have and may
exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or
assigned by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

      6. Vice President. The Board may appoint one or more Executive Vice
Presidents, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, and one or more Vice Presidents.
Each Vice President shall perform the duties and have the authority as from time
to time may be delegated to him by the Chief Executive Officer, by the Board of
Directors, or by these By-Laws.

      7. Secretary. The Board shall appoint a Secretary who shall be Secretary
for meetings of the Board and of the Corporation, and shall keep accurate
minutes of those meetings. The Secretary shall attend to the giving of all
notices required by these By-Laws and shall be custodian of the corporate seal,
records, documents and papers of the Corporation. The Secretary also shall have
and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law or
practice to the office of Secretary, and shall also perform such other duties as
may be assigned from time to time by the Board.


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

      8. Treasurer. The Board shall appoint a Treasurer who shall have custody
of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep or cause to be
kept regular books of the account for the Corporation. The Treasurer shall
perform such other duties and possess such other powers as are incident to his
office or as shall be assigned to him by the President or the Board.

      9. Other Officers. The Board may appoint ore or more Assistant Vice
Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers,
and such other officers as from time to time may appear to the Board to be
required or desirable o transact the business of the Corporation. Such officers
shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to
their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the
Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President.

      10. Tenure of Office. The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice
Chairman, the President, the Secretary, the Treasurer and all other officers
shall hold office for the current year for which the Board was elected, unless
they shall resign, become disqualified, or be removed. Any vacancy occurring in
the office of Chief Executive Officer, Chairman, Vice Chairman, President,
Secretary or Treasurer shall be filled promptly by the Board.

                                   ARTICLE VI


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

                          STOCK AND STOCK CERTIFICATES

      1. Transfers. Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the
Corporation, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock
shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall,
in proportion to his shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such
shares.

      2. Share Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented
by certificates signed by or in the name of the Corporation, by the Chief
Executive Officer, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary,
Treasurer, Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, and
may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation. Any signature and the seal may
be reproduced by facsimile. In case any officer who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to
be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its
issue.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                AMENDMENTS TO AND EFFECT OF BY-LAWS; FISCAL YEAR

      1. Force and Effect of By-Laws. These By-Laws are subject to the
provisions of the New Jersey Business Act and the Corporation's certificate of
incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time. If any provision in these
By-Laws is inconsistent with a provision of the Act or 


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

the certificate of incorporation, the provisions of the Act or the certificate
of incorporation shall govern.

      2. Amendments to By-Laws. These By-Laws may be altered, amended, or
repealed by the shareholders or by the Board. Any By-Law adopted, amended, or
repealed by the shareholders may be amended or repealed by the Board, unless the
resolution of the shareholders adopting such By-Law expressly reserves to the
shareholders the right to amend or repeal it.

      3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the
first day of January each year.

      4. Records. The certificate of incorporation, the By-Laws and the
proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the Board, and standing
committees of the Board shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided
for the purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the Secretary or
other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.

      5. Inspection. A copy of the By-Laws, with all amendments thereto, shall
at all times be kept in a convenient place at the principal place of business of
the Corporation, and for a proper purpose shall be open for inspection to any
shareholder during business hours.


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                 CORPORATE SEAL

      The Chairman, any Vice Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, any Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the
Treasurer and any Assistant Treasurer, shall have authority to affix the
corporate seal to any document requiring such seal, and to attest the same. Such
seal shall be substantially in the following form:

                                 ( Impression )
                                 (     of     )
                                 (    Seal    )


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

                                                                   April 9. 1991

Minutes of board of Directors Meeting (#2 of1991)
     Valley National Bancorp

In order to provide sufficient time for the compilation, preparation and mailing
to the members, of the high volume of monthly Board reports, management
recommended that commencing July the day of regular Board Meetings be changed
from the second Tuesday of each month to the third Tuesday of each month; and
that Executive Committee Meetings be held on the second and fourth Tuesdays of
each month. On motion made by Mr. Southway, seconded by Mr. McEntee, the members
unanimously approved the recommendation, and the following Resolution:

      RESOLVED that Section 4 of Article II of the By-Laws of Valley
      NationalBancorp be amended to reflect the following change:

      .......The Board shall hold a regular meeting on the third Tuesday of each
      month and, by resolution, may provide for different or additional regular
      meetings ........


                                     - 15 -


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
                               (GERALD H. LIPKIN)

            THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(the "Agreement"), is made as of this 1st day of January, 1999, among VALLEY
NATIONAL BANK ("Bank"), a national banking association with its principal office
at 1445 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey, VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP ("Valley"), a
New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 1445 Valley Road,
Wayne, New Jersey (Valley and the Bank collectively are the "Company") and
GERALD H. LIPKIN (the "Executive").

                                   BACKGROUND

            WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed by Valley and the Bank for
many years;

            WHEREAS, the Executive throughout his tenure has worked diligently
in his position in the business of the Bank and Valley;

            WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank and Valley believe that
the future services of the Executive are of great value to the Bank and Valley
and that it is important for the growth and development of the Bank that the
Executive continue in his position;

            WHEREAS, if the Company receives any proposal from a third person
concerning a possible business combination with, or acquisition of equities
securities of, the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
believes it is imperative that the Company and the Board be able to rely upon
the Executive to continue in his position, and that they be able to receive and
rely upon his advice, if they request it, as to the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders, 

<PAGE>

without concern that the Executive might be distracted by the personal
uncertainties and risks created by such a proposal;

            WHEREAS, to achieve that goal, and to retain the Executive's
services prior to any such activity, the Board of Directors and the Executive
have agreed to enter into this Agreement to govern the Executive's termination
benefits in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as hereinafter
defined; and

            WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company had entered into a Change in
Control Agreement, dated January 1, 1995, and have agreed to amend and restate
that agreement with this Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE, to assure the Company that it will have the
continued dedication of the Executive and the availability of his advice and
counsel notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of an acquisition
or a bid to take over control of the Company, and to induce the Executive to
remain in the employ of the Company, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound
hereby, agree as follows:

            1. Definitions

                  a. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement "Cause" with respect
to the termination by the Company of Executive's employment shall mean (i)
willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the
Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the
Boards of Directors of the Company identifying specifically any such failure;
(ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material
injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the
Boards of Directors of the Company; or (iii) conviction of a crime (other than a
traffic violation), habitual drunkenness, drug 


                                       2
<PAGE>

abuse, or excessive absenteeism (other than for illness), after a warning
(required with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the
Boards of Directors of the Company to refrain from such behavior. No act or
failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless
done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without
reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the
Company.

                  b. Change in Control. "Change in Control" means any of the
following events: (i) when Valley or a Subsidiary acquires actual knowledge that
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act), other than an affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit
plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Valley
representing more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of
Valley's then outstanding securities (a "Control Person"); (ii) upon the first
purchase of Valley's common stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer (other
than a tender or exchange offer made by Valley, a Subsidiary or an employee
benefit plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates); (iii) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation
of Valley with or into another corporation unless the definitive agreement
provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting
corporation immediately after the transaction are directors of Valley before the
transaction commenced (a "Non-Control Transaction"), (B) a sale or disposition
of all or substantially all of Valley's assets or (C) a plan of liquidation or
dissolution of Valley; (iv) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the
"Continuing Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds
thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, two-thirds of the board of
directors of the surviving or resulting

                                       3
<PAGE>

corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for
election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the
board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a
vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be
considered a Continuing Director; or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the
Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Valley, an employee benefit plan
established or maintained by Valley or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Valley
or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank's common stock or (B) all or
substantially all of the Bank's assets (other than in the ordinary course of
business).

                  c. Contract Period. "Contract Period" shall mean the period
commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the
earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the date
the Executive would attain age 65 or (iii) the death of the Executive. For the
purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred
at the date specified in the definition of Change in Control.

                  d. Exchange Act. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                  e. Good Reason. When used with reference to a voluntary
termination by Executive of his employment with the Company, "Good Reason" shall
mean any of the following, if taken without Executive's express prior written
consent:

                        (1) The assignment to Executive of any duties
inconsistent with, or the reduction of powers or functions associated with,
Executive's position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the
Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; any removal of Executive from,
or any failure to re-elect Executive to, any position(s) or office(s) Executive
held immediately prior to such Change in Control.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                        (2) A reduction by the Company in Executive's annual
base compensation as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or the
failure to award Executive annual increases in accordance herewith;

                        (3) A failure by the Company to continue any bonus plan
in which Executive participated immediately prior to the Change in Control
(except that the Company may institute plans, programs or arrangements providing
the Executive substantially similar benefits) or a failure by the Company to
continue Executive as a participant in such plans on at least the same basis as
Executive participated in such plan prior to the Change in Control; or a failure
to pay the Executive the bonus provided for in Section 4.b hereof at the time
and in the manner therein specified;

                        (4) The Company's transfer of Executive to another
geographic location outside of New Jersey or more than 25 miles from his present
office location, except for required occasional travel on the Company's business
to an extent consistent with Executive's business travel obligations immediately
prior to such Change in Control;

                        (5) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any
employee benefit plan, program or arrangement (including, without limitation the
Company's retirement plan, benefit equalization plan, split-dollar life
insurance agreement for the Executive, health and accident plan, disability
plan, deferred compensation plan or long term stock incentive plan) in which
Executive is participating immediately prior to a Change in Control (except that
the Company may institute or continue plans, programs or arrangements providing
Executive with substantially similar benefits); the taking of any action by the
Company which would adversely affect Executive's participation in or materially
reduce Executive's benefits under, any of such plans, programs or arrangements;
the failure to continue, or the taking of any action which would deprive


                                       5
<PAGE>

Executive, of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior
to such Change in Control; or the failure by the Company to provide Executive
with the number of paid vacation days to which Executive was entitled
immediately prior to such Change in Control;

                        (6) The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption
in writing of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any
successor to the Company and to provide such assumption to the Executive prior
to any Change in Control; or

                        (7) Any purported termination of Executive's employment
by the Company during the term of this Agreement which is not effected pursuant
to all of the requirements of this Agreement; and, for purposes of this
Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

                  f. Subsidiary. "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an
unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Valley, if each of the
corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock
possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

            2. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

            3. Position. During the Contract Period the Executive shall be
employed as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Valley and the Bank, or such
other corporate or divisional profit center as shall then be the principal
successor to the business, assets and properties of the Company, with the same
title and with the same duties and responsibilities as before the Change in
Control. The Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the business
of the Company, and shall not during the Contract Period be engaged in any other
business activity. This paragraph shall 


                                       6
<PAGE>

not be construed as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of
his which do not require any service on his part in the operation of such
investments or from continuing to serve on any boards of directors or trustees
which he served prior to the Change in Control or for which consent is provided
by the Board after a Change in Control.

            4. Cash Compensation. The Company shall pay to the Executive
compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:

                  a. Base Salary. A base annual salary equal to the annual
salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable
in installments in accordance with the Company's usual payroll method.

                  b. Annual Bonus. An annual cash bonus equal to at least the
average of the bonuses paid to the Executive in the three years prior to the
Change in Control. The bonus shall be payable at the time and in the manner
which the Company paid such bonuses prior to the Change in Control.

                  c. Annual Review. The Board of Directors of the Company during
the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which
the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive's compensation and shall
award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive's performance, the
performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as
determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

            5. Expenses and Fringe Benefits.

                  a. Expenses. During the Contract Period, the Executive shall
be entitled to reimbursement for all business expenses incurred by him with
respect to the business of the Company in the same manner and to the same extent
as such expenses were previously reimbursed to him immediately prior to the
Change in Control.


                                       7
<PAGE>

                  b. Benefit Equalization Plan. During the Contract Period, if
the Executive was entitled to benefits under the Company's Benefit Equalization
Plan ("BEP") prior to the Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to
continued benefits under the BEP after the Change in Control and such BEP may
not be modified or terminated to reduce or eliminate such benefits during the
Contract Period.

                  c. Club Membership and Automobile. If prior to the Change in
Control, the Executive was entitled to membership in a country club and/or the
use of an automobile, during the Contract Period he shall be entitled to the
same membership and/or use of an automobile at least comparable to the
automobile provided to him prior to the Change in Control.

                  d. Other Benefits. During the Contract Period, the Executive
also shall be entitled to vacations and sick days, in accordance with the
practices and procedures of the Company, as such existed immediately prior to
the Change in Control. During the Contract Period, the Executive also shall be
entitled to hospital, health, medical (but not group life insurance) and any
other benefits enjoyed, from time to time, by senior officers of the Company,
all upon terms as favorable as those enjoyed by other senior officers of the
Company. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph 5(d) to the contrary, if the
Company adopts any change in the benefits provided for senior officers of the
Company, and such policy is uniformly applied to all officers of the Company
(and any successor or acquiror of the Company, if any), including the chief
executive officer of such entities, then no such change shall be deemed to be
contrary to this paragraph.

            6. Termination for Cause. During the Contract Period, the Company
shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice
to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the
termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be
entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement.


                                       8
<PAGE>

            7. Disability. During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes
permanently disabled, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for 4
consecutive months, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive.
In such event, the Executive shall be paid within 10 days of termination a lump
sum equal to one-twelfth of the highest annual salary (including 401(k) plan
deferral) paid to the Executive during any calendar year in each of the three
calendar years immediately prior to the Change in Control, but shall not be
entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement, except as
provided in the next sentence and in Section 12. If the Company fails to pay the
Executive the lump sum amount due him under this Section 7 or the payments under
Section 12, the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
on a monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of
this Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and
expenses only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees
without reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            8. Death Benefits. During the Contract Period (defined without
regard to his death), upon the Executive's death his estate shall be paid within
20 business days of his death a lump sum equal to one-twelfth of the highest
annual salary (including 401(k) plan deferral) paid to the Executive during any
calendar year in each of the three calendar years immediately prior to the
Change in Control, but shall not be entitled to any further compensation or
benefits under this Agreement, except as provided in the next sentence and in
Section 12. If the Company fails to pay the Executive's estate the lump sum
amount due it under this Section or the payments under Section 12, the
Executive's estate, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
on a monthly basis as incurred all 


                                       9
<PAGE>

of its reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with its
enforcement against the Company of the terms of this Agreement. The Executive's
estate shall be denied payment of its legal fees and expenses only if a court
finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees without reasonable cause
and not in good faith.

            9. Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. The
Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by
written notice to the Executive providing four weeks notice. The Executive may
resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon four weeks written notice
to the Company specifying the facts and circumstances claimed to support the
Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled to give a Notice of Termination
that his or her employment is being terminated for Good Reason at any time
during the Contract Period, not later than twelve months after any occurrence of
an event stated to constitute Good Reason. If during the Contract Period the
Company terminates the Executive's employment without Cause or the Executive
Resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall be entitled to the following:
(i) (subject to the possible age related reduction in the next sentence) the
Company shall within 20 business days of the termination of employment pay the
Executive a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to three times the
highest annual compensation, consisting solely of salary (including any 401(k)
plan deferral) and bonus, paid to (or in the case of bonus accrued for) the
Executive during any calendar year in each of the three calendar years
immediately prior to the Change in Control; (ii) the Company shall continue to
provide the Executive for a period of three years after termination (but not
beyond the date the Executive reaches age 65) with health, hospitalization and
medical insurance, as well as life and disability insurance, as were provided at
the time of the termination of his employment with the Company, at the Company's
cost (subject to payment by the Executive of the same contribution amount and


                                       10
<PAGE>

deductibles as Executive previously paid); (iii) the Company shall credit
Executive under the BEP immediately upon termination with additional years of
credited service as if he had continued to work for the Company for three years
after the date of termination (but not beyond the date the Executive reaches age
65), the benefit plans covered thereby had remained the same during such period,
and the BEP was not changed or modified after the Change in Control or otherwise
during such period. After the Executive has reached age 62, the "three" times
referred to in clause (i) of the previous sentence shall be reduced to a number
equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest thousand) the numerator of which
is the whole number of months left until the Executive reaches age 65 and the
denominator of which is 12.

            The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered
by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment
without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period. If
the Company fails to pay the Executive the lump sum amount due him hereunder or
to provide him with the health, hospitalization and medical insurance, life
disability or BEP benefits due under this section or the payments under Section
12, the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
on a monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of
this Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and
expenses only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees
without reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            10. Resignation Without Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled
to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract
Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be
entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be
employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the 


                                       11
<PAGE>

other benefits provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless
in writing with four weeks' notice thereof.

            11. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information.

                  a. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. Except in the
course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not,
at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any
confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all
information concerning the identity of and the Company's relations with its
customers is confidential information.

                  b. Specific Performance. Executive agrees that the Company
does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this section and
agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a
result of the breach of this section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the
remaining valid portions. No alleged breach of this Section 11 shall give the
Company the right to withhold or offset against any payments due the Executive
under this Agreement.

                  c. Survival. This section shall survive the termination of the
Executive's employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement.

            12. Gross Up for Taxes.

                  a. Additional Payments. If, for any taxable year, Executive
shall be liable for the payment of an excise tax under Section 4999 or other
substitute or similar tax assessment (the "Excise Tax") of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), including the corresponding provisions of
any succeeding law, with respect to any payments or


                                       12
<PAGE>

benefits under Section 9 of this Agreement or Sections 7 or 8 or any other
provision of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 12 or
under any benefit plan of the Company applicable to Executive individually or
generally to executives or employees of the Company, then, notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an
additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payment") such that the net amount retained by
the Executive, after deduction of the Excise Tax imposed on all such payments
and benefits and of the federal, state and local income tax and Excise Tax
imposed upon payments provided for in this Section 12, shall be equal to the
payments and benefits due to the Executive hereunder and the payments and/or
benefits due to the Executive under any benefit plan of the Company. Each
Gross-Up Payment shall be made to Executive or as provided in Section 16 hereof,
upon the later of (i) five (5) days after the date the Executive notifies the
Company of its need to make such Gross-Up Payment, or (ii) the date of any
payment causing the liability for such Excise Tax. The amount of any Gross-Up
Payment under this section shall be computed by a nationally recognized
certified public accounting firm designated jointly by the Company and the
Executive. The cost of such services by the accounting firm shall be paid by the
Company. If the Company and the Executive are unable to designate jointly the
accounting firm, then the firm shall be the accounting firm used by the Company
immediately prior to the Change in Control.

                  b. IRS Disputed Claims. The Executive shall notify the company
in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that, if
successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment in
addition to that payment previously paid by the Company pursuant to this
section. Such notification shall be given an soon as practicable but no later
than fifteen (15) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of
such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim, the date
on which such claim is requested to 


                                       13
<PAGE>

be paid, and attach a copy of the IRS notice. The Executive shall not pay such
claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period following the date
on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period
ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).
If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such
period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

                        (i) Give the Company any information reasonably
      requested by the Company relating to such claim;

                        (ii) Take such action in connection with contesting such
      claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to
      time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with
      respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

                        (iii) Cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
      effectively to contest such claim; and

                        (iv) Permit the Company to participate in any
      proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however that the Company
      shall pay directly all costs and expenses (including legal and accounting
      fees, as well as other expenses and any additional interest and penalties)
      incurred by the Executive and the Company in connection with an IRS levy,
      contest or claim.

                  c. This Section shall survive the termination of Executive's
employment hereunder and the expiration of the Contract Period.

            13. Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

                  a. Term. This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and
shall remain in effect for a period of 3 years from the date hereof (the
"Initial Term") or until the end of 


                                       14
<PAGE>

the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Term shall be automatically
extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so
that the Initial Term on any anniversary date is always 3 years) unless the
Board of Directors of Valley, by a majority vote by resolution of a majority of
Directors then in office votes not to extend the Initial Term any further.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Term shall not extend beyond the date
when the Executive reaches age 65.

                  b. No Effect Prior to Change in Control. This Agreement shall
not affect any rights of the Company or the Executive prior to a Change in
Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or
contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided
hereunder shall only become effective upon a Change in Control. If the
employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a
Change in Control, this Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and
effect.

            14. Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other
Benefits. Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment
or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or
privileges to Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or
derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have
under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if
the Executive receives the lump severance payment due under paragraph 9 hereof,
the Executive shall not be entitled to the lump sum severance payment due under
paragraph 1 of the Severance Agreement (the "Severance Agreement"), dated August
17, 1994, between the Company and the Executive, or to severance payments under
any other plan or program of the Company providing for severance pay, and shall
not be entitled to health, hospital, medical and other benefits under Paragraph
5 of the Severance Agreement to the extent such post-employment benefits
duplicate the benefits hereunder.


                                       15
<PAGE>

The compensation and benefits payable under paragraphs 2 (death) and 3
(disability) of the Severance Agreement shall not be effected by this Agreement,
but shall be in addition to the benefits provided hereunder. The provisions of
Paragraph 4 of the Severance Agreement (minimum retirement benefit) shall
continue to apply.

            15. Notice. During the Contract Period, any notice of termination of
the employment of the Executive by the Company or by the Executive to the
Company shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall
mean a dated notice which shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision
in this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth, if necessary, in reasonable
detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of
the employment of the Executive or from the Company under the provision so
indicated; (iii) specify a date of termination, which shall be not less than two
weeks nor more than six weeks after such Notice of Termination is given, except
in the case of termination of employment by the Company of the Executive for
Cause pursuant to Section 6 hereof, in which case the Notice of Termination may
specify a date of termination as of the date such Notice of Termination is
given; and (iv) be given by personal delivery or, if the individual is not
personally available, by certified mail to the last known address of the
individual. Upon the death of the Executive, no Notice of Termination need be
given.

            16. Payroll and Withholding Taxes. All payments to be made or
benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable
federal and state payroll or withholding taxes. Any Gross-Up Payment to be made
by the Company may be made in the form of withholding taxes, but shall be timely
directed to the IRS (or any state division of taxation) on the Executive's
behalf.


                                       16
<PAGE>

            17. Miscellaneous. This Agreement is the joint and several
obligation of the Bank and Valley. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed
by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws
of New Jersey. Except as set forth herein, this Agreement supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings with respect to the matters covered hereby,
including expressly any prior agreement with the Company concerning Change in
Control benefits. This Agreement expressly replaces the Change in Control
Agreement, dated January 1, 1995. Except as expressly specified in Section 14
with regard to the Severance Agreement, this Agreement does not effect or reduce
the benefits or obligations of the parties under the Split-Dollar Agreement,
dated as of July 7, 1995 (and any supplement or amendment to, or replacement for
that agreement) between the Company, the Executive and his spouse or the
Severance Agreement (or any supplement or amendment to or replacement for that
agreement). The amendment or termination of this Agreement may be made only in a
writing executed by the Company and the Executive, and no amendment or
termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless and until made in such a
writing. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company. This Agreement is personal to
the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of his rights or duties
hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Executive's legal
representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement may be executed in
two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it
shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account
for more than one such counterpart.


                                       17
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Valley National Bank and Valley National Bancorp
each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized
representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the
Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year
first written above.

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANK


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

WITNESS:


/s/ Peter Crocitto                           /s/ Gerald H. Lipkin
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Peter Crocitto                             Gerald H. Lipkin, Executive


                                       18
<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
                                (PETER SOUTHWAY)

            THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(the "Agreement"), is made as of this 1st day of January, 1999, among VALLEY
NATIONAL BANK ("Bank"), a national banking association with its principal office
at 1445 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey, VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP ("Valley"), a
New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 1445 Valley Road,
Wayne, New Jersey (Valley and the Bank collectively are the "Company") and PETER
SOUTHWAY (the "Executive").

                                   BACKGROUND

            WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed by Valley and the Bank for
many years;

            WHEREAS, the Executive throughout his tenure has worked diligently
in his position in the business of the Bank and Valley;

            WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank and Valley believe that
the future services of the Executive are of great value to the Bank and Valley
and that it is important for the growth and development of the Bank that the
Executive continue in his position;

            WHEREAS, if the Company receives any proposal from a third person
concerning a possible business combination with, or acquisition of equities
securities of, the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
believes it is imperative that the Company and the Board be able to rely upon
the Executive to continue in his position, and that they be able to receive and
rely upon his advice, if they request it, as to the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders, without concern that the Executive might be
distracted by the personal uncertainties and risks created by such a proposal;


                                       19
<PAGE>

            WHEREAS, to achieve that goal, and to retain the Executive's
services prior to any such activity, the Board of Directors and the Executive
have agreed to enter into this Agreement to govern the Executive's termination
benefits in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as hereinafter
defined; and

            WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company had entered into a Change in
Control Agreement, dated January 1, 1995, and have agreed to amend and restate
that agreement with this Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE, to assure the Company that it will have the
continued dedication of the Executive and the availability of his advice and
counsel notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of an acquisition
or a bid to take over control of the Company, and to induce the Executive to
remain in the employ of the Company, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound
hereby, agree as follows:

            12. Definitions

                  a. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement "Cause" with respect
to the termination by the Company of Executive's employment shall mean (i)
willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the
Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the
Boards of Directors of the Company identifying specifically any such failure;
(ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material
injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the
Boards of Directors of the Company; or (iii) conviction of a crime (other than a
traffic violation), habitual drunkenness, drug abuse, or excessive absenteeism
(other than for illness), after a warning (required with respect to drunkenness
or absenteeism only) in writing from the Boards of Directors of the Company to
refrain from such behavior. No act or failure to act on the part of the
Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by the
Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company.


                                       20
<PAGE>

                  b. Change in Control. "Change in Control" means any of the
following events: (i) when Valley or a Subsidiary acquires actual knowledge that
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act), other than an affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit
plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Valley
representing more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of
Valley's then outstanding securities (a "Control Person"); (ii) upon the first
purchase of Valley's common stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer (other
than a tender or exchange offer made by Valley, a Subsidiary or an employee
benefit plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates); (iii) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation
of Valley with or into another corporation unless the definitive agreement
provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting
corporation immediately after the transaction are directors of Valley before the
transaction commenced (a "Non-Control Transaction"), (B) a sale or disposition
of all or substantially all of Valley's assets or (C) a plan of liquidation or
dissolution of Valley; (iv) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the
"Continuing Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds
thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, two-thirds of the board of
directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; provided that any
individual whose election or nomination for election as a member of the Board
(or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the board of directors of the
surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a vote of at least
two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be considered a
Continuing Director; or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the Bank if after
such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act) other than Valley, an employee benefit plan established or
maintained by Valley or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary,
owns a majority of the Bank's common stock or (B) all or substantially all of
the Bank's assets (other than in the ordinary course of business).


                                       21
<PAGE>

                  c. Contract Period. "Contract Period" shall mean the period
commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the
earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the date
the Executive would attain age 67 or (iii) the death of the Executive. For the
purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred
at the date specified in the definition of Change in Control.

                  d. Exchange Act. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                  e. Good Reason. When used with reference to a voluntary
termination by Executive of his employment with the Company, "Good Reason" shall
mean any of the following, if taken without Executive's express prior written
consent:

                        (1) The assignment to Executive of any duties
inconsistent with, or the reduction of powers or functions associated with,
Executive's position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the
Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; any removal of Executive from,
or any failure to re-elect Executive to, any position(s) or office(s) Executive
held immediately prior to such Change in Control; or any requirement that the
Executive work more hours or on a different schedule than those he worked
immediately prior to a Change in Control.

                        (2) A reduction by the Company in Executive's annual
base compensation as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or the
failure to award Executive annual increases in accordance herewith;

                        (3) A failure by the Company to continue any bonus plan
in which Executive participated immediately prior to the Change in Control
(except that the Company may institute plans, programs or arrangements providing
the Executive substantially similar benefits) or a failure by the Company to
continue Executive as a participant in such plans on at least the same basis as
Executive participated in such plan prior to the Change in Control; or a failure
to pay the Executive the bonus provided for in Section 4.b hereof at the time
and in the manner therein specified;


                                       22
<PAGE>

                        (4) The Company's transfer of Executive to another
geographic location outside of New Jersey or more than 25 miles from his present
office location, except for required occasional travel on the Company's business
to an extent consistent with Executive's business travel obligations immediately
prior to such Change in Control;

                        (5) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any
employee benefit plan, program or arrangement (including, without limitation the
Company's retirement plan, benefit equalization plan, split-dollar life
insurance agreement for the Executive, health and accident plan, disability
plan, deferred compensation plan or long term stock incentive plan) in which
Executive is participating immediately prior to a Change in Control (except that
the Company may institute or continue plans, programs or arrangements providing
Executive with substantially similar benefits); the taking of any action by the
Company which would adversely affect Executive's participation in or materially
reduce Executive's benefits under, any of such plans, programs or arrangements;
the failure to continue, or the taking of any action which would deprive
Executive, of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior
to such Change in Control; or the failure by the Company to provide Executive
with the number of paid vacation days to which Executive was entitled
immediately prior to such Change in Control;

                        (6) The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption
in writing of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any
successor to the Company and to provide such assumption to the Executive prior
to any Change in Control; or

                        (7) Any purported termination of Executive's employment
by the Company during the term of this Agreement which is not effected pursuant
to all of the requirements of this Agreement; and, for purposes of this
Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

                  f. Subsidiary. "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an
unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Valley, if each of the
corporations other than the last corporation in the 


                                       23
<PAGE>

unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

            13. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

            14. Position. During the Contract Period the Executive shall be
employed as Vice Chairman of Valley and the Bank, or such other corporate or
divisional profit center as shall then be the principal successor to the
business, assets and properties of the Company, with the same title and with the
same duties and responsibilities as before the Change in Control. The Executive
shall devote his time and attention to the business of the Company in the same
manner and to the same extent he did before the Change in Control, and shall not
during the Contract Period be engaged in any other business activity. This
paragraph shall not be construed as requiring the full-time service of Executive
or as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of his which do not
require any service on his part in the operation of such investments or from
continuing to serve on any boards of directors or trustees which he served prior
to the Change in Control or for which consent is provided by the Board after a
Change in Control.

            15. Cash Compensation. The Company shall pay to the Executive
compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:

                  a. Base Salary. A base annual salary equal to the annual
salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable
in installments in accordance with the Company's usual payroll method.

                  b. Annual Bonus. An annual cash bonus equal to at least the
average of the bonuses paid to the Executive in the three years prior to the
Change in Control. The bonus shall be payable at the time and in the manner
which the Company paid such bonuses prior to the Change in Control.


                                       24
<PAGE>

                  c. Annual Review. The Board of Directors of the Company during
the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which
the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive's compensation and shall
award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive's performance, the
performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as
determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

            5. Expenses and Fringe Benefits.

                  a. Expenses. During the Contract Period, the Executive shall
be entitled to reimbursement for all business expenses incurred by him with
respect to the business of the Company in the same manner and to the same extent
as such expenses were previously reimbursed to him immediately prior to the
Change in Control.

                  b. Benefit Equalization Plan. During the Contract Period, if
the Executive was entitled to benefits under the Company's Benefit Equalization
Plan ("BEP") prior to the Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to
continued benefits under the BEP after the Change in Control and such BEP may
not be modified or terminated to reduce or eliminate such benefits during the
Contract Period.

                  c. Club Membership and Automobile. If prior to the Change in
Control, the Executive was entitled to membership in a country club and/or the
use of an automobile, during the Contract Period he shall be entitled to the
same membership and/or use of an automobile at least comparable to the
automobile provided to him prior to the Change in Control.

                  d. Other Benefits. During the Contract Period, the Executive
also shall be entitled to vacations and sick days, in accordance with the
practices and procedures of the Company, as such existed immediately prior to
the Change in Control. During the Contract Period, the Executive also shall be
entitled to hospital, health, medical (but not group life insurance) and any
other benefits enjoyed, from time to time, by senior officers of the Company,
all upon terms as favorable as those enjoyed by other senior officers of the
Company. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph 5(d) to the


                                       25
<PAGE>

contrary, if the Company adopts any change in the benefits provided for senior
officers of the Company, and such policy is uniformly applied to all officers of
the Company (and any successor or acquiror of the Company, if any), including
the chief executive officer of such entities, then no such change shall be
deemed to be contrary to this paragraph.

            17. Termination for Cause. During the Contract Period, the Company
shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice
to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the
termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be
entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement.

            18. Disability. During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes
permanently disabled, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for 4
consecutive months, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive.
In such event, the Executive shall be paid within 10 days of termination a lump
sum equal to one-twelfth of the highest annual salary (including 401(k) plan
deferral) paid to the Executive during any calendar year in each of the three
calendar years immediately prior to the Change in Control, but shall not be
entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement, except as
provided in the next sentence and in Section 12. If the Company fails to pay the
Executive the lump sum amount due him under this Section 7 or the payments under
Section 12, the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
on a monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of
this Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and
expenses only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees
without reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            19. Death Benefits. During the Contract Period (defined without
regard to his death), upon the Executive's death his estate shall be paid within
20 business days of his death a lump sum equal to one-twelfth of the highest
annual salary (including 401(k) plan deferral) paid to the Executive during any
calendar year in each of the three calendar years immediately prior to the
Change 


                                       26
<PAGE>

in Control, but shall not be entitled to any further compensation or benefits
under this Agreement, except as provided in the next sentence and in Section 12.
If the Company fails to pay the Executive's estate the lump sum amount due it
under this Section or the payments under Section 12, the Executive's estate,
after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company identifying the Company's
failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company on a monthly basis as
incurred all of its reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection
with its enforcement against the Company of the terms of this Agreement. The
Executive's estate shall be denied payment of its legal fees and expenses only
if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees without
reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            20. Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. The
Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by
written notice to the Executive providing four weeks notice. The Executive may
resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon four weeks written notice
to the Company specifying the facts and circumstances claimed to support the
Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled to give a Notice of Termination
that his or her employment is being terminated for Good Reason at any time
during the Contract Period, not later than twelve months after any occurrence of
an event stated to constitute Good Reason. If during the Contract Period the
Company terminates the Executive's employment without Cause or the Executive
Resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall be entitled to the following:
(i) (subject to the possible age related reduction in the next sentence) the
Company shall within 20 business days of the termination of employment pay the
Executive a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to three times the sum
of the highest salary (including any 401(k) plan deferral) and the highest
bonus, paid to (or in the case of bonus accrued for) the Executive during any
calendar year in each of the seven calendar years immediately prior to the
Change in Control; (ii) the Company shall continue to provide the Executive and
his spouse for a period of three years after termination (but not beyond the
date Executive reaches age 67) with health, hospitalization, medical and dental
insurance, as well as life and disability insurance, as were provided at the
time of the termination of his employment with the Company, at the 


                                       27
<PAGE>

Company's cost (subject to payment by the Executive of the same contribution
amount and deductibles as Executive previously paid); (iii) the Company shall
credit Executive under the BEP immediately upon termination with additional
years of credited service as if he had continued to work for the Company for
three years after the date of termination (but not beyond the date the Executive
reaches age 67), the benefit plans covered thereby had remained the same during
such period, and the BEP was not changed or modified after the Change in Control
or otherwise during such period. After the Executive has reached age 64, the
"three" times referred to in clause (i) of the previous sentence shall be
reduced to a number equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest thousand) the
numerator of which is the whole number of months left until the Executive
reaches age 67 and the denominator of which is 12.

            The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered
by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment
without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period. If
the Company fails to pay the Executive the lump sum amount due him hereunder or
to provide him with the health, hospitalization and medical insurance, life
disability or BEP benefits due under this section or the payments under Section
12, the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
on a monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of
this Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and
expenses only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees
without reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            21. Resignation Without Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled
to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract
Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be
entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be
employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the other benefits
provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless in writing
with four weeks' notice thereof.


                                       28
<PAGE>

            22. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information.

                  a. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. Except in the
course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not,
at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any
confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all
information concerning the identity of and the Company's relations with its
customers is confidential information.

                  b. Specific Performance. Executive agrees that the Company
does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this section and
agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a
result of the breach of this section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the
remaining valid portions. No alleged breach of this Section 11 shall give the
Company the right to withhold or offset against any payments due the Executive
under this Agreement.

                  c. Survival. This section shall survive the termination of the
Executive's employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement.

            13. Gross Up for Taxes.

                  a. Additional Payments. If, for any taxable year, Executive
shall be liable for the payment of an excise tax under Section 4999 or other
substitute or similar tax assessment (the "Excise Tax") of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), including the corresponding provisions of
any succeeding law, with respect to any payments or benefits under Section 9 of
this Agreement or Sections 7 or 8 or any other provision of this Agreement,
including but not limited to this Section 12 or under any benefit plan of the
Company applicable to Executive individually or generally to executives or
employees of the Company, then, notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an additional amount (the
"Gross-Up Payment") such that the net amount retained by the Executive, after
deduction of the Excise Tax 


                                       29
<PAGE>

imposed on all such payments and benefits and of the federal, state and local
income tax and Excise Tax imposed upon payments provided for in this Section 12,
shall be equal to the payments and benefits due to the Executive hereunder and
the payments and/or benefits due to the Executive under any benefit plan of the
Company. Each Gross-Up Payment shall be made to Executive or as provided in
Section 16 hereof, upon the later of (i) five (5) days after the date the
Executive notifies the Company of its need to make such Gross-Up Payment, or
(ii) the date of any payment causing the liability for such Excise Tax. The
amount of any Gross-Up Payment under this section shall be computed by a
nationally recognized certified public accounting firm designated jointly by the
Company and the Executive. The cost of such services by the accounting firm
shall be paid by the Company. If the Company and the Executive are unable to
designate jointly the accounting firm, then the firm shall be the accounting
firm used by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control.

                  b. IRS Disputed Claims. The Executive shall notify the company
in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that, if
successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment in
addition to that payment previously paid by the Company pursuant to this
section. Such notification shall be given an soon as practicable but no later
than fifteen (15) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of
such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim, the date
on which such claim is requested to be paid, and attach a copy of the IRS
notice. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the
thirty (30) day period following the date on which the Executive gives such
notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any
payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the
Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to
contest such claim, the Executive shall:

                        (i) Give the Company any information reasonably
      requested by the Company relating to such claim;


                                       30
<PAGE>

                        (ii) Take such action in connection with contesting such
      claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to
      time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with
      respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

                        (iii) Cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
      effectively to contest such claim; and

                        (iv) Permit the Company to participate in any
      proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however that the Company
      shall pay directly all costs and expenses (including legal and accounting
      fees, as well as other expenses and any additional interest and penalties)
      incurred by the Executive and the Company in connection with an IRS levy,
      contest or claim.

                  c. This Section shall survive the termination of Executive's
employment hereunder and the expiration of the Contract Period.

            18. Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

                  a. Term. This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and
shall remain in effect for a period of 3 years from the date hereof (the
"Initial Term") or until the end of the Contract Period, whichever is later. The
Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one year period on the
anniversary date hereof (so that the Initial Term on any anniversary date is
always 3 years) unless the Board of Directors of Valley, by a majority vote by
resolution of a majority of Directors then in office votes not to extend the
Initial Term any further. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Term shall
not extend beyond the date when the Executive reaches age 67.

                  b. No Effect Prior to Change in Control. This Agreement shall
not affect any rights of the Company or the Executive prior to a Change in
Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or
contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided
hereunder shall only become effective upon a Change in Control. If the
employment of the 


                                       31
<PAGE>

Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a Change in Control,
this Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and effect.

            19. Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other
Benefits. Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment
or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or
privileges to Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or
derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have
under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if
the Executive receives the lump severance payment due under paragraph 9 hereof,
the Executive shall not be entitled to the lump sum severance payment due under
paragraph 1 of the Severance Agreement (the "Severance Agreement"), dated August
17, 1994, between the Company and the Executive, or to severance payments under
any other plan or program of the Company providing for severance pay and shall
not be entitled to health, hospital, medical and other benefits under paragraph
2 of the Severance Agreement to the extent such post-employment benefits
duplicate the benefits hereunder..

            20. Notice. During the Contract Period, any notice of termination of
the employment of the Executive by the Company or by the Executive to the
Company shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall
mean a dated notice which shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision
in this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth, if necessary, in reasonable
detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of
the employment of the Executive or from the Company under the provision so
indicated; (iii) specify a date of termination, which shall be not less than two
weeks nor more than six weeks after such Notice of Termination is given, except
in the case of termination of employment by the Company of the Executive for
Cause pursuant to Section 6 hereof, in which case the Notice of Termination may
specify a date of termination as of the date such Notice of Termination is
given; and (iv) be given by personal delivery or, if the individual is not


                                       32
<PAGE>

personally available, by certified mail to the last known address of the
individual. Upon the death of the Executive, no Notice of Termination need be
given.

            21. Payroll and Withholding Taxes. All payments to be made or
benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable
federal and state payroll or withholding taxes. Any Gross-Up Payment to be made
by the Company may be made in the form of withholding taxes, but shall be timely
directed to the IRS (or any state division of taxation) on the Executive's
behalf.

            22. Miscellaneous. This Agreement is the joint and several
obligation of the Bank and Valley. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed
by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws
of New Jersey. Except as set forth herein, this Agreement supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings with respect to the matters covered hereby,
including expressly any prior agreement with the Company concerning Change in
Control benefits. This Agreement expressly replaces the Change in Control
Agreement, dated January 1, 1995. Except as expressly specified in Section 14
with regard to the Severance Agreement, this Agreement does not effect or reduce
the benefits or obligations of the parties under the Severance Agreement (or any
supplement or amendment to or replacement for that agreement). The amendment or
termination of this Agreement may be made only in a writing executed by the
Company and the Executive, and no amendment or termination of this Agreement
shall be effective unless and until made in such a writing. This Agreement shall
be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge,
consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and the
Executive may not assign any of his rights or duties hereunder but this
Agreement shall be enforceable by the Executive's legal representatives,
executors or administrators. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be
necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than
one such counterpart.


                                       33
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Valley National Bank and Valley National Bancorp
each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized
representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the
Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year
first written above.

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANK


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

WITNESS:


/s/ Carol B. Diesner                         /s/  Peter Southway
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Carol B. Diesner                          Peter Southway, Executive


                                       34
<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
                              (PETER JOHN SOUTHWAY)

            THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(the "Agreement"), is made as of this 1st day of January, 1999, among VALLEY
NATIONAL BANK ("Bank"), a national banking association with its principal office
at 1445 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey, VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP ("Valley"), a
New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 1445 Valley Road,
Wayne, New Jersey (Valley and the Bank collectively are the "Company") and PETER
JOHN SOUTHWAY (the "Executive").

                                   BACKGROUND

            WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed by Valley and the Bank for
many years;

            WHEREAS, the Executive throughout his tenure has worked diligently
in his position in the business of the Bank and Valley;

            WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank and Valley believe that
the future services of the Executive are of great value to the Bank and Valley
and that it is important for the growth and development of the Bank that the
Executive continue in his position;

            WHEREAS, if the Company receives any proposal from a third person
concerning a possible business combination with, or acquisition of equities
securities of, the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
believes it is imperative that the Company and the Board be able to rely upon
the Executive to continue in his position, and that they be able to receive and
rely upon his advice, if they request it, as to the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders,


                                       35
<PAGE>

without concern that the Executive might be distracted by the personal
uncertainties and risks created by such a proposal;

            WHEREAS, to achieve that goal, and to retain the Executive's
services prior to any such activity, the Board of Directors and the Executive
have agreed to enter into this Agreement to govern the Executive's termination
benefits in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as hereinafter
defined; and

            WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company had entered into a Change in
Control Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1998, and have agreed to amend and
restate that agreement with this Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE, to assure the Company that it will have the
continued dedication of the Executive and the availability of his advice and
counsel notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of an acquisition
or a bid to take over control of the Company, and to induce the Executive to
remain in the employ of the Company, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound
hereby, agree as follows:

            23. Definitions

                  a. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement "Cause" with respect
to the termination by the Company of Executive's employment shall mean (i)
willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the
Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the
Boards of Directors of the Company identifying specifically any such failure;
(ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material
injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the
Boards of Directors of the Company; or (iii) conviction of a crime (other than a
traffic violation), habitual drunkenness, drug 


                                       36
<PAGE>

abuse, or excessive absenteeism (other than for illness), after a warning
(required with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the
Boards of Directors of the Company to refrain from such behavior. No act or
failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless
done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without
reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the
Company.

                  b. Change in Control. "Change in Control" means any of the
following events: (i) when Valley or a Subsidiary acquires actual knowledge that
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act), other than an affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit
plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Valley
representing more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of
Valley's then outstanding securities (a "Control Person"); (ii) upon the first
purchase of Valley's common stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer (other
than a tender or exchange offer made by Valley, a Subsidiary or an employee
benefit plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates); (iii) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation
of Valley with or into another corporation unless the definitive agreement
provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting
corporation immediately after the transaction are directors of Valley before the
transaction commenced (a "Non-Control Transaction"), (B) a sale or disposition
of all or substantially all of Valley's assets or (C) a plan of liquidation or
dissolution of Valley; (iv) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the
"Continuing Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds
thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, two-thirds of the board of
directors of the surviving or resulting 


                                       37
<PAGE>

corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for
election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the
board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a
vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be
considered a Continuing Director; or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the
Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Valley, an employee benefit plan
established or maintained by Valley or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Valley
or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank's common stock or (B) all or
substantially all of the Bank's assets (other than in the ordinary course of
business).

                  c. Contract Period. "Contract Period" shall mean the period
commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the
earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the date
the Executive would attain age 65 or (iii) the death of the Executive. For the
purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred
at the date specified in the definition of Change in Control.

                  d. Exchange Act. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                  e. Good Reason. When used with reference to a voluntary
termination by Executive of his employment with the Company, "Good Reason" shall
mean any of the following, if taken without Executive's express prior written
consent:

                        (1) The assignment to Executive of any duties
inconsistent with, or the reduction of powers or functions associated with,
Executive's position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the
Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; any removal of Executive from,
or any failure to re-elect Executive to, any position(s) or office(s) Executive
held immediately prior to such Change in Control.


                                       38
<PAGE>

                        (2) A reduction by the Company in Executive's annual
base compensation as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or the
failure to award Executive annual increases in accordance herewith;

                        (3) A failure by the Company to continue any bonus plan
in which Executive participated immediately prior to the Change in Control
(except that the Company may institute plans, programs or arrangements providing
the Executive substantially similar benefits) or a failure by the Company to
continue Executive as a participant in such plans on at least the same basis as
Executive participated in such plan prior to the Change in Control; or a failure
to pay the Executive the bonus provided for in Section 4.b hereof at the time
and in the manner therein specified;

                        (4) The Company's transfer of Executive to another
geographic location outside of New Jersey or more than 25 miles from his present
office location, except for required occasional travel on the Company's business
to an extent consistent with Executive's business travel obligations immediately
prior to such Change in Control;

                        (5) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any
employee benefit plan, program or arrangement (including, without limitation the
Company's retirement plan, benefit equalization plan, life insurance plan,
health and accident plan, disability plan, deferred compensation plan or long
term stock incentive plan) in which Executive is participating immediately prior
to a Change in Control (except that the Company may institute or continue plans,
programs or arrangements providing Executive with substantially similar
benefits); the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect
Executive's participation in or materially reduce Executive's benefits under,
any of such plans, programs or arrangements; the failure to continue, or the
taking of any action which would deprive Executive, of any material 


                                       39
<PAGE>

fringe benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior to such Change in Control;
or the failure by the Company to provide Executive with the number of paid
vacation days to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such Change
in Control;

                        (6) The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption
in writing of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any
successor to the Company and to provide such assumption to the Executive prior
to any Change in Control; or

                        (7) Any purported termination of Executive's employment
by the Company during the term of this Agreement which is not effected pursuant
to all of the requirements of this Agreement; and, for purposes of this
Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

                  f. Subsidiary. "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an
unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Valley, if each of the
corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock
possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

            24. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

            25. Position. During the Contract Period the Executive shall be
employed as Executive Vice President of Valley and the Bank, or such other
corporate or divisional profit center as shall then be the principal successor
to the business, assets and properties of the Company, with the same title and
with the same duties and responsibilities as before the Change in Control. The
Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the business of the
Company, and shall not during the Contract Period be engaged in any other
business activity. This paragraph shall not be


                                       40
<PAGE>

construed as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of his which
do not require any service on his part in the operation of such investments or
from continuing to serve on any boards of directors or trustees which he served
prior to the Change in Control or for which consent is provided by the Board
after a Change in Control.

            26. Cash Compensation. The Company shall pay to the Executive
compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:

                  a. Base Salary. A base annual salary equal to the annual
salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable
in installments in accordance with the Company's usual payroll method.

                  b. Annual Bonus. An annual cash bonus equal to at least the
average of the bonuses paid to the Executive in the three years prior to the
Change in Control. The bonus shall be payable at the time and in the manner
which the Company paid such bonuses prior to the Change in Control.

                  c. Annual Review. The Board of Directors of the Company during
the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which
the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive's compensation and shall
award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive's performance, the
performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as
determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

            27. Expenses and Fringe Benefits.

                  a. Expenses. During the Contract Period, the Executive shall
be entitled to reimbursement for all business expenses incurred by him with
respect to the business of the Company in the same manner and to the same extent
as such expenses were previously reimbursed to him immediately prior to the
Change in Control.


                                       41
<PAGE>

                  b. Benefit Equalization Plan. During the Contract Period, if
the Executive was entitled to benefits under the Company's Benefit Equalization
Plan ("BEP") prior to the Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to
continued benefits under the BEP after the Change in Control and such BEP may
not be modified or terminated to reduce or eliminate such benefits during the
Contract Period.

                  c. Club Membership and Automobile. If prior to the Change in
Control, the Executive was entitled to membership in a country club and/or the
use of an automobile, during the Contract Period he shall be entitled to the
same membership and/or use of an automobile at least comparable to the
automobile provided to him prior to the Change in Control.

                  d. Other Benefits. During the Contract Period, the Executive
also shall be entitled to vacations and sick days, in accordance with the
practices and procedures of the Company, as such existed immediately prior to
the Change in Control. During the Contract Period, the Executive also shall be
entitled to hospital, health, medical and life insurance, and any other benefits
enjoyed, from time to time, by senior officers of the Company, all upon terms as
favorable as those enjoyed by other senior officers of the Company.
Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph 5(d) to the contrary, if the Company
adopts any change in the benefits provided for senior officers of the Company,
and such policy is uniformly applied to all officers of the Company (and any
successor or acquiror of the Company, if any), including the chief executive
officer of such entities, then no such change shall be deemed to be contrary to
this paragraph.

            28. Termination for Cause. During the Contract Period, the Company
shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice
to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the
termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be
entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement.


                                       42
<PAGE>

            29. Disability. During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes
permanently disabled, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for 4
consecutive months, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive.
In such event, the Executive shall be paid within 10 days of termination a lump
sum equal to the highest annual salary (including 401(k) plan deferral) paid to
the Executive during any calendar year in each of the three calendar years
immediately prior to the Change in Control, but shall not be entitled to any
further compensation or benefits under this Agreement, except as provided in the
next sentence and in Section 12. If the Company fails to pay the Executive the
lump sum amount due him under this Section 7 or the payments under Section 12,
the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company identifying
the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company on a
monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred
in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of this
Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and expenses
only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees without
reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            30. Death Benefits. During the Contract Period (defined without
regard to his death), upon the Executive's death his estate shall be paid within
20 business days of his death a lump sum equal to the highest annual salary
(including 401(k) plan deferral) paid to the Executive during any calendar year
in each of the three calendar years immediately prior to the Change in Control,
but shall not be entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this
Agreement, except as provided in the next sentence and in Section 12. If the
Company fails to pay the Executive's estate the lump sum amount due him under
this Section or the payments under Section 12, the Executive's estate, after
giving 10 days' written notice to the Company identifying the Company's failure,
shall be entitled to recover from the Company on a monthly basis as incurred all


                                       43
<PAGE>

of its reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with its
enforcement against the Company of the terms of this Agreement. The Executive's
estate shall be denied payment of its legal fees and expenses only if a court
finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees without reasonable cause
and not in good faith.

            31. Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. The
Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by
written notice to the Executive providing four weeks notice. The Executive may
resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon four weeks written notice
to the Company specifying the facts and circumstances claimed to support the
Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled to give a Notice of Termination
that his or her employment is being terminated for Good Reason at any time
during the Contract Period, not later than twelve months after any occurrence of
an event stated to constitute Good Reason. If during the Contract Period the
Company terminates the Executive's employment without Cause or the Executive
Resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall be entitled to the following:
(i) (subject to the possible age related reduction in the next sentence) the
Company shall within 20 business days of the termination of employment pay the
Executive a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to three times the
highest annual compensation, consisting solely of salary (including any 401(k)
plan deferral) and bonus, paid to (or in the case of bonus accrued for) the
Executive during any calendar year in each of the three calendar years
immediately prior to the Change in Control; (ii) the Company shall continue to
provide the Executive for a period of three years after termination (but not
beyond the date the Executive reaches age 65) with health, hospitalization and
medical insurance, as well as life and disability insurance, as were provided at
the time of the termination of his employment with the Company, at the Company's
cost (subject to payment by the Executive of the same contribution amount and


                                       44
<PAGE>

deductibles as Executive previously paid); (iii) the Company shall credit
Executive under the BEP immediately upon termination with additional years of
credited service as if he had continued to work for the Company for three years
after the date of termination (but not beyond the date the Executive reaches age
65), the benefit plans covered thereby had remained the same during such period,
and the BEP was not changed or modified after the Change in Control or otherwise
during such period. After the Executive has reached age 62, the "three" times
referred to in clause (i) of the previous sentence shall be reduced to a number
equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest thousand) the numerator of which
is the whole number of months left until the Executive reaches age 65 and the
denominator of which is 12.

            The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered
by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment
without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period. If
the Company fails to pay the Executive the lump sum amount due him hereunder or
to provide him with the health, hospitalization and medical insurance, life
disability or BEP benefits due under this section or the payments under Section
12, the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
on a monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of
this Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and
expenses only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees
without reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            32. Resignation Without Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled
to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract
Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be
entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be
employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the 


                                       45
<PAGE>

other benefits provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless
in writing with four weeks' notice thereof.

            33. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information.

                  a. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. Except in the
course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not,
at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any
confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all
information concerning the identity of and the Company's relations with its
customers is confidential information.

                  b. Specific Performance. Executive agrees that the Company
does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this section and
agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a
result of the breach of this section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the
remaining valid portions. No alleged breach of this Section 11 shall give the
Company the right to withhold or offset against any payments due the Executive
under this Agreement.

                  c. Survival. This section shall survive the termination of the
Executive's employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement.

            14. Gross Up for Taxes.

                  a. Additional Payments. If, for any taxable year, Executive
shall be liable for the payment of an excise tax under Section 4999 or other
substitute or similar tax assessment (the "Excise Tax") of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), including the corresponding provisions of
any succeeding law, with respect to any payments or 


                                       46
<PAGE>

benefits under Section 9 of this Agreement or Sections 7 or 8 or any other
provision of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 12 or
under any benefit plan of the Company applicable to Executive individually or
generally to executives or employees of the Company, then, notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an
additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payment") such that the net amount retained by
the Executive, after deduction of the Excise Tax imposed on all such payments
and benefits and of the federal, state and local income tax and Excise Tax
imposed upon payments provided for in this Section 12, shall be equal to the
payments and benefits due to the Executive hereunder and the payments and/or
benefits due to the Executive under any benefit plan of the Company. Each
Gross-Up Payment shall be made to Executive or as provided in Section 16 hereof,
upon the later of (i) five (5) days after the date the Executive notifies the
Company of its need to make such Gross-Up Payment, or (ii) the date of any
payment causing the liability for such Excise Tax. The amount of any Gross-Up
Payment under this section shall be computed by a nationally recognized
certified public accounting firm designated jointly by the Company and the
Executive. The cost of such services by the accounting firm shall be paid by the
Company. If the Company and the Executive are unable to designate jointly the
accounting firm, then the firm shall be the accounting firm used by the Company
immediately prior to the Change in Control.

                  b. IRS Disputed Claims. The Executive shall notify the company
in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that, if
successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment in
addition to that payment previously paid by the Company pursuant to this
section. Such notification shall be given an soon as practicable but no later
than fifteen (15) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of
such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim, the date
on which such claim is requested to 


                                       47
<PAGE>

be paid, and attach a copy of the IRS notice. The Executive shall not pay such
claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period following the date
on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period
ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).
If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such
period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

                        (i) Give the Company any information reasonably
      requested by the Company relating to such claim;

                        (ii) Take such action in connection with contesting such
      claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to
      time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with
      respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

                        (iii) Cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
      effectively to contest such claim; and

                        (iv) Permit the Company to participate in any
      proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however that the Company
      shall pay directly all costs and expenses (including legal and accounting
      fees, as well as other expenses and any additional interest and penalties)
      incurred by the Executive and the Company in connection with an IRS levy,
      contest or claim.

                  c. This Section shall survive the termination of Executive's
employment hereunder and the expiration of the Contract Period.

            23. Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

                  a. Term. This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and
shall remain in effect for a period of 3 years from the date hereof (the
"Initial Term") or until the end of 


                                       48
<PAGE>

the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically
extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so
that the Initial Term on any anniversary date is always 3 years) unless prior to
a Change in Control the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank notifies the
Executive in writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which
case the Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) 3 years after the date
hereof, or (ii) 2 years after the date of such written notice. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, the Initial Term shall cease when the
Executive attains age 65.

                  b. No Effect Prior to Change in Control. This Agreement shall
not affect any rights of the Company or the Executive prior to a Change in
Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or
contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided
hereunder shall only become effective upon a Change in Control. If the full-time
employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a
Change in Control, this Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and
effect.

            24. Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other
Benefits. Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment
or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or
privileges to Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or
derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have
under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if
the Executive receives the lump sum severance payment due under paragraph 9
hereof, the Executive shall not be entitled to the lump sum severance payment
due under paragraph 1 of the Severance Agreement (the "Severance Agreement"),
dated January 1, 1998, between the Company and the Executive, or to severance
payments under any other plan or program of the Company providing for severance
pay, and shall not be entitled to health, hospital and other benefits under
paragraph 2 of the 


                                       49
<PAGE>

Severance Agreement to the extent such post-employment benefits duplicate
benefits provided hereunder.

            25. Notice. During the Contract Period, any notice of termination of
the employment of the Executive by the Company or by the Executive to the
Company shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall
mean a dated notice which shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision
in this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth, if necessary, in reasonable
detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of
the employment of the Executive or from the Company under the provision so
indicated; (iii) specify a date of termination, which shall be not less than two
weeks nor more than six weeks after such Notice of Termination is given, except
in the case of termination of employment by the Company of the Executive for
Cause pursuant to Section 6 hereof, in which case the Notice of Termination may
specify a date of termination as of the date such Notice of Termination is
given; and (iv) be given by personal delivery or, if the individual is not
personally available, by certified mail to the last known address of the
individual. Upon the death of the Executive, no Notice of Termination need be
given.

            26. Payroll and Withholding Taxes. All payments to be made or
benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable
federal and state payroll or withholding taxes. Any Gross-Up Payment to be made
by the Company may be made in the form of withholding taxes, but shall be timely
directed to the IRS (or any state division of taxation) on the Executive's
behalf.

            27. Miscellaneous. This Agreement is the joint and several
obligation of the Bank and Valley. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed
by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws
of New Jersey. Except as set forth herein, this 


                                       50
<PAGE>

Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to the
matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior agreement with the Company
concerning Change in Control benefits. The parties hereto expressly agree that
the Change in Control Agreement among the Executive, the Bank and Valley, dated
as of January 1, 1998, is hereby terminated, effective the date hereof. Except
as expressly specified in Section 14 with regard to the Severance Agreement,
this Agreement does not effect or reduce the benefits or obligations of the
parties under the Severance Agreement (or any supplement or amendment to or
replacement for that Agreement). The amendment or termination of this Agreement
may be made only in a writing executed by the Company and the Executive, and no
amendment or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless and until
made in such a writing. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or
otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This
Agreement is personal to the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of
his rights or duties hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement
may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to
produce or account for more than one such counterpart.


                                       51
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Valley National Bank and Valley National Bancorp
each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized
representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the
Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year
first written above.

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANK


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

WITNESS:


/s/ Sheila Quick                              /s/  Peter John Southway
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Sheila Quick                               Peter John Southway, Executive


                                       52
<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
                                (ROBERT M. MEYER)

            THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(the "Agreement"), is made as of this 1st day of January, 1999, among VALLEY
NATIONAL BANK ("Bank"), a national banking association with its principal office
at 1445 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey, VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP ("Valley"), a
New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 1445 Valley Road,
Wayne, New Jersey (Valley and the Bank collectively are the "Company") and
ROBERT M. MEYER (the "Executive").

                                   BACKGROUND

            WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed by Valley and the Bank for
many years;

            WHEREAS, the Executive throughout his tenure has worked diligently
in his position in the business of the Bank and Valley;

            WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank and Valley believe that
the future services of the Executive are of great value to the Bank and Valley
and that it is important for the growth and development of the Bank that the
Executive continue in his position;

            WHEREAS, if the Company receives any proposal from a third person
concerning a possible business combination with, or acquisition of equities
securities of, the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
believes it is imperative that the Company and the Board be able to rely upon
the Executive to continue in his position, and that they be able to receive and
rely upon his advice, if they request it, as to the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders, 


                                       53
<PAGE>

without concern that the Executive might be distracted by the personal
uncertainties and risks created by such a proposal;

            WHEREAS, to achieve that goal, and to retain the Executive's
services prior to any such activity, the Board of Directors and the Executive
have agreed to enter into this Agreement to govern the Executive's termination
benefits in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as hereinafter
defined; and

            WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company had entered into a Change in
Control Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1998, and have agreed to amend and
restate that agreement with this Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE, to assure the Company that it will have the
continued dedication of the Executive and the availability of his advice and
counsel notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of an acquisition
or a bid to take over control of the Company, and to induce the Executive to
remain in the employ of the Company, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound
hereby, agree as follows:

            34. Definitions

                  a. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement "Cause" with respect
to the termination by the Company of Executive's employment shall mean (i)
willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the
Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the
Boards of Directors of the Company identifying specifically any such failure;
(ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material
injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the
Boards of Directors of the Company; or (iii) conviction of a crime (other than a
traffic violation), habitual drunkenness, drug 


                                       54
<PAGE>

abuse, or excessive absenteeism (other than for illness), after a warning
(required with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the
Boards of Directors of the Company to refrain from such behavior. No act or
failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless
done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without
reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the
Company.

                  b. Change in Control. "Change in Control" means any of the
following events: (i) when Valley or a Subsidiary acquires actual knowledge that
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act), other than an affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit
plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Valley
representing more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of
Valley's then outstanding securities (a "Control Person"); (ii) upon the first
purchase of Valley's common stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer (other
than a tender or exchange offer made by Valley, a Subsidiary or an employee
benefit plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates); (iii) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation
of Valley with or into another corporation unless the definitive agreement
provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting
corporation immediately after the transaction are directors of Valley before the
transaction commenced (a "Non-Control Transaction"), (B) a sale or disposition
of all or substantially all of Valley's assets or (C) a plan of liquidation or
dissolution of Valley; (iv) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the
"Continuing Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds
thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, two-thirds of the board of
directors of the surviving or resulting 

                                       55
<PAGE>

corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for
election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the
board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a
vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be
considered a Continuing Director; or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the
Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Valley, an employee benefit plan
established or maintained by Valley or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Valley
or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank's common stock or (B) all or
substantially all of the Bank's assets (other than in the ordinary course of
business).

                  c. Contract Period. "Contract Period" shall mean the period
commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the
earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the date
the Executive would attain age 65 or (iii) the death of the Executive. For the
purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred
at the date specified in the definition of Change in Control.

                  d. Exchange Act. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                  e. Good Reason. When used with reference to a voluntary
termination by Executive of his employment with the Company, "Good Reason" shall
mean any of the following, if taken without Executive's express prior written
consent:

                        (1) The assignment to Executive of any duties
inconsistent with, or the reduction of powers or functions associated with,
Executive's position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the
Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; any removal of Executive from,
or any failure to re-elect Executive to, any position(s) or office(s) Executive
held immediately prior to such Change in Control.


                                       56
<PAGE>

                        (2) A reduction by the Company in Executive's annual
base compensation as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or the
failure to award Executive annual increases in accordance herewith;

                        (3) A failure by the Company to continue any bonus plan
in which Executive participated immediately prior to the Change in Control
(except that the Company may institute plans, programs or arrangements providing
the Executive substantially similar benefits) or a failure by the Company to
continue Executive as a participant in such plans on at least the same basis as
Executive participated in such plan prior to the Change in Control; or a failure
to pay the Executive the bonus provided for in Section 4.b hereof at the time
and in the manner therein specified;

                        (4) The Company's transfer of Executive to another
geographic location outside of New Jersey or more than 25 miles from his present
office location, except for required occasional travel on the Company's business
to an extent consistent with Executive's business travel obligations immediately
prior to such Change in Control;

                        (5) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any
employee benefit plan, program or arrangement (including, without limitation the
Company's retirement plan, benefit equalization plan, life insurance plan,
health and accident plan, disability plan, deferred compensation plan or long
term stock incentive plan) in which Executive is participating immediately prior
to a Change in Control (except that the Company may institute or continue plans,
programs or arrangements providing Executive with substantially similar
benefits); the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect
Executive's participation in or materially reduce Executive's benefits under,
any of such plans, programs or arrangements; the failure to continue, or the
taking of any action which would deprive Executive, of any material


                                       57
<PAGE>

fringe benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior to such Change in Control;
or the failure by the Company to provide Executive with the number of paid
vacation days to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such Change
in Control;

                        (6) The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption
in writing of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any
successor to the Company and to provide such assumption to the Executive prior
to any Change in Control; or

                        (7) Any purported termination of Executive's employment
by the Company during the term of this Agreement which is not effected pursuant
to all of the requirements of this Agreement; and, for purposes of this
Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

                  f. Subsidiary. "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an
unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Valley, if each of the
corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock
possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

            35. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

            36. Position. During the Contract Period the Executive shall be
employed as Executive Vice President of Valley and the Bank, or such other
corporate or divisional profit center as shall then be the principal successor
to the business, assets and properties of the Company, with the same title and
with the same duties and responsibilities as before the Change in Control. The
Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the business of the
Company, and shall not during the Contract Period be engaged in any other
business activity. This paragraph shall not be 


                                       58
<PAGE>

construed as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of his which
do not require any service on his part in the operation of such investments or
from continuing to serve on any boards of directors or trustees which he served
prior to the Change in Control or for which consent is provided by the Board
after a Change in Control.

            37. Cash Compensation. The Company shall pay to the Executive
compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:

                  a. Base Salary. A base annual salary equal to the annual
salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable
in installments in accordance with the Company's usual payroll method.

                  b. Annual Bonus. An annual cash bonus equal to at least the
average of the bonuses paid to the Executive in the three years prior to the
Change in Control. The bonus shall be payable at the time and in the manner
which the Company paid such bonuses prior to the Change in Control.

                  c. Annual Review. The Board of Directors of the Company during
the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which
the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive's compensation and shall
award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive's performance, the
performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as
determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

            38. Expenses and Fringe Benefits.

                  a. Expenses. During the Contract Period, the Executive shall
be entitled to reimbursement for all business expenses incurred by him with
respect to the business of the Company in the same manner and to the same extent
as such expenses were previously reimbursed to him immediately prior to the
Change in Control.


                                       59
<PAGE>

                  b. Benefit Equalization Plan. During the Contract Period, if
the Executive was entitled to benefits under the Company's Benefit Equalization
Plan ("BEP") prior to the Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to
continued benefits under the BEP after the Change in Control and such BEP may
not be modified or terminated to reduce or eliminate such benefits during the
Contract Period.

                  c. Club Membership and Automobile. If prior to the Change in
Control, the Executive was entitled to membership in a country club and/or the
use of an automobile, during the Contract Period he shall be entitled to the
same membership and/or use of an automobile at least comparable to the
automobile provided to him prior to the Change in Control.

                  d. Other Benefits. During the Contract Period, the Executive
also shall be entitled to vacations and sick days, in accordance with the
practices and procedures of the Company, as such existed immediately prior to
the Change in Control. During the Contract Period, the Executive also shall be
entitled to hospital, health, medical and life insurance, and any other benefits
enjoyed, from time to time, by senior officers of the Company, all upon terms as
favorable as those enjoyed by other senior officers of the Company.
Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph 5(d) to the contrary, if the Company
adopts any change in the benefits provided for senior officers of the Company,
and such policy is uniformly applied to all officers of the Company (and any
successor or acquiror of the Company, if any), including the chief executive
officer of such entities, then no such change shall be deemed to be contrary to
this paragraph.

            39. Termination for Cause. During the Contract Period, the Company
shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice
to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the
termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be
entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement.


                                       60
<PAGE>

            40. Disability. During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes
permanently disabled, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for 4
consecutive months, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive.
In such event, the Executive shall be paid within 10 days of termination a lump
sum equal to the highest annual salary (including 401(k) plan deferral) paid to
the Executive during any calendar year in each of the three calendar years
immediately prior to the Change in Control, but shall not be entitled to any
further compensation or benefits under this Agreement, except as provided in the
next sentence and in Section 12. If the Company fails to pay the Executive the
lump sum amount due him under this Section 7 or the payments under Section 12,
the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company identifying
the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company on a
monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred
in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of this
Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and expenses
only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees without
reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            41. Death Benefits. During the Contract Period (defined without
regard to his death), upon the Executive's death his estate shall be paid within
20 business days of his death a lump sum equal to the highest annual salary
(including 401(k) plan deferral) paid to the Executive during any calendar year
in each of the three calendar years immediately prior to the Change in Control,
but shall not be entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this
Agreement, except as provided in the next sentence and in Section 12. If the
Company fails to pay the Executive's estate the lump sum amount due him under
this Section or the payments under Section 12, the Executive's estate, after
giving 10 days' written notice to the Company identifying the Company's failure,
shall be entitled to recover from the Company on a monthly basis as incurred all


                                       61
<PAGE>

of its reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with its
enforcement against the Company of the terms of this Agreement. The Executive's
estate shall be denied payment of its legal fees and expenses only if a court
finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees without reasonable cause
and not in good faith.

            42. Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. The
Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by
written notice to the Executive providing four weeks notice. The Executive may
resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon four weeks written notice
to the Company specifying the facts and circumstances claimed to support the
Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled to give a Notice of Termination
that his or her employment is being terminated for Good Reason at any time
during the Contract Period, not later than twelve months after any occurrence of
an event stated to constitute Good Reason. If during the Contract Period the
Company terminates the Executive's employment without Cause or the Executive
Resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall be entitled to the following:
(i) (subject to the possible age related reduction in the next sentence) the
Company shall within 20 business days of the termination of employment pay the
Executive a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to three times the
highest annual compensation, consisting solely of salary (including any 401(k)
plan deferral) and bonus, paid to (or in the case of bonus accrued for) the
Executive during any calendar year in each of the three calendar years
immediately prior to the Change in Control; (ii) the Company shall continue to
provide the Executive for a period of three years after termination (but not
beyond the date the Executive reaches age 65) with health, hospitalization and
medical insurance, as well as life and disability insurance, as were provided at
the time of the termination of his employment with the Company, at the Company's
cost (subject to payment by the Executive of the same contribution amount and


                                       62
<PAGE>

deductibles as Executive previously paid); (iii) the Company shall credit
Executive under the BEP immediately upon termination with additional years of
credited service as if he had continued to work for the Company for three years
after the date of termination (but not beyond the date the Executive reaches age
65), the benefit plans covered thereby had remained the same during such period,
and the BEP was not changed or modified after the Change in Control or otherwise
during such period. After the Executive has reached age 62, the "three" times
referred to in clause (i) of the previous sentence shall be reduced to a number
equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest thousand) the numerator of which
is the whole number of months left until the Executive reaches age 65 and the
denominator of which is 12.

            The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered
by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment
without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period. If
the Company fails to pay the Executive the lump sum amount due him hereunder or
to provide him with the health, hospitalization and medical insurance, life
disability or BEP benefits due under this section or the payments under Section
12, the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
on a monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of
this Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and
expenses only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees
without reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            43. Resignation Without Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled
to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract
Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be
entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be
employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the 


                                       63
<PAGE>

other benefits provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless
in writing with four weeks' notice thereof.

            44. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information.

                  a. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. Except in the
course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not,
at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any
confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all
information concerning the identity of and the Company's relations with its
customers is confidential information.

                  b. Specific Performance. Executive agrees that the Company
does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this section and
agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a
result of the breach of this section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the
remaining valid portions. No alleged breach of this Section 11 shall give the
Company the right to withhold or offset against any payments due the Executive
under this Agreement.

                  c. Survival. This section shall survive the termination of the
Executive's employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement.

            15. Gross Up for Taxes.

                  a. Additional Payments. If, for any taxable year, Executive
shall be liable for the payment of an excise tax under Section 4999 or other
substitute or similar tax assessment (the "Excise Tax") of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), including the corresponding provisions of
any succeeding law, with respect to any payments or 


                                       64
<PAGE>

benefits under Section 9 of this Agreement or Sections 7 or 8 or any other
provision of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 12 or
under any benefit plan of the Company applicable to Executive individually or
generally to executives or employees of the Company, then, notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an
additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payment") such that the net amount retained by
the Executive, after deduction of the Excise Tax imposed on all such payments
and benefits and of the federal, state and local income tax and Excise Tax
imposed upon payments provided for in this Section 12, shall be equal to the
payments and benefits due to the Executive hereunder and the payments and/or
benefits due to the Executive under any benefit plan of the Company. Each
Gross-Up Payment shall be made to Executive or as provided in Section 16 hereof,
upon the later of (i) five (5) days after the date the Executive notifies the
Company of its need to make such Gross-Up Payment, or (ii) the date of any
payment causing the liability for such Excise Tax. The amount of any Gross-Up
Payment under this section shall be computed by a nationally recognized
certified public accounting firm designated jointly by the Company and the
Executive. The cost of such services by the accounting firm shall be paid by the
Company. If the Company and the Executive are unable to designate jointly the
accounting firm, then the firm shall be the accounting firm used by the Company
immediately prior to the Change in Control.

                  b. IRS Disputed Claims. The Executive shall notify the company
in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that, if
successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment in
addition to that payment previously paid by the Company pursuant to this
section. Such notification shall be given an soon as practicable but no later
than fifteen (15) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of
such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim, the date
on which such claim is requested to 


                                       65
<PAGE>

be paid, and attach a copy of the IRS notice. The Executive shall not pay such
claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period following the date
on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period
ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).
If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such
period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

                        (i) Give the Company any information reasonably
      requested by the Company relating to such claim;

                        (ii) Take such action in connection with contesting such
      claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to
      time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with
      respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

                        (iii) Cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
      effectively to contest such claim; and

                        (iv) Permit the Company to participate in any
      proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however that the Company
      shall pay directly all costs and expenses (including legal and accounting
      fees, as well as other expenses and any additional interest and penalties)
      incurred by the Executive and the Company in connection with an IRS levy,
      contest or claim.

                  c. This Section shall survive the termination of Executive's
employment hereunder and the expiration of the Contract Period.

            28. Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

                  a. Term. This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and
shall remain in effect for a period of 3 years from the date hereof (the
"Initial Term") or until the end of 


                                       66
<PAGE>

the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically
extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so
that the Initial Term on any anniversary date is always 3 years) unless prior to
a Change in Control the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank notifies the
Executive in writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which
case the Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) 3 years after the date
hereof, or (ii) 2 years after the date of such written notice. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, the Initial Term shall cease when the
Executive attains age 65.

                  b. No Effect Prior to Change in Control. This Agreement shall
not affect any rights of the Company or the Executive prior to a Change in
Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or
contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided
hereunder shall only become effective upon a Change in Control. If the full-time
employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a
Change in Control, this Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and
effect.

            29. Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other
Benefits. Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment
or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or
privileges to Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or
derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have
under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if
the Executive receives the lump sum severance payment due under paragraph 9
hereof, the Executive shall not be entitled to the lump sum severance payment
due under paragraph 1 of the Severance Agreement (the "Severance Agreement"),
dated January 1, 1998, between the Company and the Executive, or to severance
payments under any other plan or program of the Company providing for severance
pay, and shall not be entitled to health, hospital and other benefits under
paragraph 2 of the 


                                       67
<PAGE>

Severance Agreement to the extent such post-employment benefits duplicate
benefits provided hereunder.

            30. Notice. During the Contract Period, any notice of termination of
the employment of the Executive by the Company or by the Executive to the
Company shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall
mean a dated notice which shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision
in this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth, if necessary, in reasonable
detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of
the employment of the Executive or from the Company under the provision so
indicated; (iii) specify a date of termination, which shall be not less than two
weeks nor more than six weeks after such Notice of Termination is given, except
in the case of termination of employment by the Company of the Executive for
Cause pursuant to Section 6 hereof, in which case the Notice of Termination may
specify a date of termination as of the date such Notice of Termination is
given; and (iv) be given by personal delivery or, if the individual is not
personally available, by certified mail to the last known address of the
individual. Upon the death of the Executive, no Notice of Termination need be
given.

            31. Payroll and Withholding Taxes. All payments to be made or
benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable
federal and state payroll or withholding taxes. Any Gross-Up Payment to be made
by the Company may be made in the form of withholding taxes, but shall be timely
directed to the IRS (or any state division of taxation) on the Executive's
behalf.

            32. Miscellaneous. This Agreement is the joint and several
obligation of the Bank and Valley. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed
by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws
of New Jersey. Except as set forth herein, this


                                       68
<PAGE>

Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to the
matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior agreement with the Company
concerning Change in Control benefits. The parties hereto expressly agree that
the Change in Control Agreement among the Executive, the Bank and Valley, dated
as of January 1, 1998, is hereby terminated, effective the date hereof. Except
as expressly specified in Section 14 with regard to the Severance Agreement,
this Agreement does not effect or reduce the benefits or obligations of the
parties under the Severance Agreement (or any supplement or amendment to or
replacement for that Agreement). The amendment or termination of this Agreement
may be made only in a writing executed by the Company and the Executive, and no
amendment or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless and until
made in such a writing. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or
otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This
Agreement is personal to the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of
his rights or duties hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement
may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to
produce or account for more than one such counterpart.


                                       69
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Valley National Bank and Valley National Bancorp
each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized
representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the
Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year
first written above.

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANK


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

WITNESS:


/s/ Gerald H. Lipkin                          /s/ Robert M. Meyer
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Gerald H. Lipkin                           Robert M. Meyer, Executive


                                       70
<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
                                (PETER CROCITTO)

            THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(the "Agreement"), is made as of this 1st day of January, 1999, among VALLEY
NATIONAL BANK ("Bank"), a national banking association with its principal office
at 1445 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey, VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP ("Valley"), a
New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 1445 Valley Road,
Wayne, New Jersey (Valley and the Bank collectively are the "Company") and PETER
CROCITTO (the "Executive").

                                   BACKGROUND

            WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed by Valley and the Bank for
many years;

            WHEREAS, the Executive throughout his tenure has worked diligently
in his position in the business of the Bank and Valley;

            WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank and Valley believe that
the future services of the Executive are of great value to the Bank and Valley
and that it is important for the growth and development of the Bank that the
Executive continue in his position;

            WHEREAS, if the Company receives any proposal from a third person
concerning a possible business combination with, or acquisition of equities
securities of, the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
believes it is imperative that the Company and the Board be able to rely upon
the Executive to continue in his position, and that they be able to receive and
rely upon his advice, if they request it, as to the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders, 


                                       71
<PAGE>

without concern that the Executive might be distracted by the personal
uncertainties and risks created by such a proposal;

            WHEREAS, to achieve that goal, and to retain the Executive's
services prior to any such activity, the Board of Directors and the Executive
have agreed to enter into this Agreement to govern the Executive's termination
benefits in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as hereinafter
defined; and

            WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company had entered into a Change in
Control Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1998, and have agreed to amend and
restate that agreement with this Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE, to assure the Company that it will have the
continued dedication of the Executive and the availability of his advice and
counsel notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of an acquisition
or a bid to take over control of the Company, and to induce the Executive to
remain in the employ of the Company, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound
hereby, agree as follows:

            45. Definitions

                  a. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement "Cause" with respect
to the termination by the Company of Executive's employment shall mean (i)
willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the
Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the
Boards of Directors of the Company identifying specifically any such failure;
(ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material
injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the
Boards of Directors of the Company; or (iii) conviction of a crime (other than a
traffic violation), habitual drunkenness, drug 


                                       72
<PAGE>

abuse, or excessive absenteeism (other than for illness), after a warning
(required with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the
Boards of Directors of the Company to refrain from such behavior. No act or
failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless
done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without
reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the
Company.

                  b. Change in Control. "Change in Control" means any of the
following events: (i) when Valley or a Subsidiary acquires actual knowledge that
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act), other than an affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit
plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Valley
representing more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of
Valley's then outstanding securities (a "Control Person"); (ii) upon the first
purchase of Valley's common stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer (other
than a tender or exchange offer made by Valley, a Subsidiary or an employee
benefit plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates); (iii) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation
of Valley with or into another corporation unless the definitive agreement
provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting
corporation immediately after the transaction are directors of Valley before the
transaction commenced (a "Non-Control Transaction"), (B) a sale or disposition
of all or substantially all of Valley's assets or (C) a plan of liquidation or
dissolution of Valley; (iv) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the
"Continuing Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds
thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, two-thirds of the board of
directors of the surviving or resulting


                                       73
<PAGE>

corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for
election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the
board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a
vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be
considered a Continuing Director; or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the
Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Valley, an employee benefit plan
established or maintained by Valley or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Valley
or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank's common stock or (B) all or
substantially all of the Bank's assets (other than in the ordinary course of
business).

                  c. Contract Period. "Contract Period" shall mean the period
commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the
earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the date
the Executive would attain age 65 or (iii) the death of the Executive. For the
purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred
at the date specified in the definition of Change in Control.

                  d. Exchange Act. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                  e. Good Reason. When used with reference to a voluntary
termination by Executive of his employment with the Company, "Good Reason" shall
mean any of the following, if taken without Executive's express prior written
consent:

                        (1) The assignment to Executive of any duties
inconsistent with, or the reduction of powers or functions associated with,
Executive's position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the
Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; any removal of Executive from,
or any failure to re-elect Executive to, any position(s) or office(s) Executive
held immediately prior to such Change in Control.


                                       74
<PAGE>

                        (2) A reduction by the Company in Executive's annual
base compensation as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or the
failure to award Executive annual increases in accordance herewith;

                        (3) A failure by the Company to continue any bonus plan
in which Executive participated immediately prior to the Change in Control
(except that the Company may institute plans, programs or arrangements providing
the Executive substantially similar benefits) or a failure by the Company to
continue Executive as a participant in such plans on at least the same basis as
Executive participated in such plan prior to the Change in Control; or a failure
to pay the Executive the bonus provided for in Section 4.b hereof at the time
and in the manner therein specified;

                        (4) The Company's transfer of Executive to another
geographic location outside of New Jersey or more than 25 miles from his present
office location, except for required occasional travel on the Company's business
to an extent consistent with Executive's business travel obligations immediately
prior to such Change in Control;

                        (5) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any
employee benefit plan, program or arrangement (including, without limitation the
Company's retirement plan, benefit equalization plan, life insurance plan,
health and accident plan, disability plan, deferred compensation plan or long
term stock incentive plan) in which Executive is participating immediately prior
to a Change in Control (except that the Company may institute or continue plans,
programs or arrangements providing Executive with substantially similar
benefits); the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect
Executive's participation in or materially reduce Executive's benefits under,
any of such plans, programs or arrangements; the failure to continue, or the
taking of any action which would deprive Executive, of any material 


                                       75
<PAGE>

fringe benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior to such Change in Control;
or the failure by the Company to provide Executive with the number of paid
vacation days to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such Change
in Control;

                        (6) The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption
in writing of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any
successor to the Company and to provide such assumption to the Executive prior
to any Change in Control; or

                        (7) Any purported termination of Executive's employment
by the Company during the term of this Agreement which is not effected pursuant
to all of the requirements of this Agreement; and, for purposes of this
Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

                  f. Subsidiary. "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an
unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Valley, if each of the
corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock
possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

            46. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

            47. Position. During the Contract Period the Executive shall be
employed as Executive Vice President of Valley and the Bank, or such other
corporate or divisional profit center as shall then be the principal successor
to the business, assets and properties of the Company, with the same title and
with the same duties and responsibilities as before the Change in Control. The
Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the business of the
Company, and shall not during the Contract Period be engaged in any other
business activity. This paragraph shall not be 


                                       76
<PAGE>

construed as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of his which
do not require any service on his part in the operation of such investments or
from continuing to serve on any boards of directors or trustees which he served
prior to the Change in Control or for which consent is provided by the Board
after a Change in Control.

            48. Cash Compensation. The Company shall pay to the Executive
compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:

                  a. Base Salary. A base annual salary equal to the annual
salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable
in installments in accordance with the Company's usual payroll method.

                  b. Annual Bonus. An annual cash bonus equal to at least the
average of the bonuses paid to the Executive in the three years prior to the
Change in Control. The bonus shall be payable at the time and in the manner
which the Company paid such bonuses prior to the Change in Control.

                  c. Annual Review. The Board of Directors of the Company during
the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which
the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive's compensation and shall
award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive's performance, the
performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as
determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

            49. Expenses and Fringe Benefits.

                  a. Expenses. During the Contract Period, the Executive shall
be entitled to reimbursement for all business expenses incurred by him with
respect to the business of the Company in the same manner and to the same extent
as such expenses were previously reimbursed to him immediately prior to the
Change in Control.


                                       77
<PAGE>

                  b. Benefit Equalization Plan. During the Contract Period, if
the Executive was entitled to benefits under the Company's Benefit Equalization
Plan ("BEP") prior to the Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to
continued benefits under the BEP after the Change in Control and such BEP may
not be modified or terminated to reduce or eliminate such benefits during the
Contract Period.

                  c. Club Membership and Automobile. If prior to the Change in
Control, the Executive was entitled to membership in a country club and/or the
use of an automobile, during the Contract Period he shall be entitled to the
same membership and/or use of an automobile at least comparable to the
automobile provided to him prior to the Change in Control.

                  d. Other Benefits. During the Contract Period, the Executive
also shall be entitled to vacations and sick days, in accordance with the
practices and procedures of the Company, as such existed immediately prior to
the Change in Control. During the Contract Period, the Executive also shall be
entitled to hospital, health, medical and life insurance, and any other benefits
enjoyed, from time to time, by senior officers of the Company, all upon terms as
favorable as those enjoyed by other senior officers of the Company.
Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph 5(d) to the contrary, if the Company
adopts any change in the benefits provided for senior officers of the Company,
and such policy is uniformly applied to all officers of the Company (and any
successor or acquiror of the Company, if any), including the chief executive
officer of such entities, then no such change shall be deemed to be contrary to
this paragraph.

            50. Termination for Cause. During the Contract Period, the Company
shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice
to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the
termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be
entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement.


                                       78
<PAGE>

            51. Disability. During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes
permanently disabled, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for 4
consecutive months, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive.
In such event, the Executive shall be paid within 10 days of termination a lump
sum equal to the highest annual salary (including 401(k) plan deferral) paid to
the Executive during any calendar year in each of the three calendar years
immediately prior to the Change in Control, but shall not be entitled to any
further compensation or benefits under this Agreement, except as provided in the
next sentence and in Section 12. If the Company fails to pay the Executive the
lump sum amount due him under this Section 7 or the payments under Section 12,
the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company identifying
the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company on a
monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred
in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of this
Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and expenses
only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees without
reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            52. Death Benefits. During the Contract Period (defined without
regard to his death), upon the Executive's death his estate shall be paid within
20 business days of his death a lump sum equal to the highest annual salary
(including 401(k) plan deferral) paid to the Executive during any calendar year
in each of the three calendar years immediately prior to the Change in Control,
but shall not be entitled to any further compensation or benefits under this
Agreement, except as provided in the next sentence and in Section 12. If the
Company fails to pay the Executive's estate the lump sum amount due it under
this Section or the payments under Section 12, the Executive's estate, after
giving 10 days' written notice to the Company identifying the Company's failure,
shall be entitled to recover from the Company on a monthly basis as incurred all


                                       79
<PAGE>

of its reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with its
enforcement against the Company of the terms of this Agreement. The Executive's
estate shall be denied payment of its legal fees and expenses only if a court
finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees without reasonable cause
and not in good faith.

            53. Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. The
Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by
written notice to the Executive providing four weeks notice. The Executive may
resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon four weeks written notice
to the Company specifying the facts and circumstances claimed to support the
Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled to give a Notice of Termination
that his or her employment is being terminated for Good Reason at any time
during the Contract Period, not later than twelve months after any occurrence of
an event stated to constitute Good Reason. If during the Contract Period the
Company terminates the Executive's employment without Cause or the Executive
Resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall be entitled to the following:
(i) (subject to the possible age related reduction in the next sentence) the
Company shall within 20 business days of the termination of employment pay the
Executive a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to three times the
highest annual compensation, consisting solely of salary (including any 401(k)
plan deferral) and bonus, paid to (or in the case of bonus accrued for) the
Executive during any calendar year in each of the three calendar years
immediately prior to the Change in Control; (ii) the Company shall continue to
provide the Executive for a period of three years after termination (but not
beyond the date the Executive reaches age 65) with health, hospitalization and
medical insurance, as well as life and disability insurance, as were provided at
the time of the termination of his employment with the Company, at the Company's
cost (subject to payment by the Executive of the same contribution amount and


                                       80
<PAGE>

deductibles as Executive previously paid); (iii) the Company shall credit
Executive under the BEP immediately upon termination with additional years of
credited service as if he had continued to work for the Company for three years
after the date of termination (but not beyond the date the Executive reaches age
65), the benefit plans covered thereby had remained the same during such period,
and the BEP was not changed or modified after the Change in Control or otherwise
during such period. After the Executive has reached age 62, the "three" times
referred to in clause (i) of the previous sentence shall be reduced to a number
equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest thousand) the numerator of which
is the whole number of months left until the Executive reaches age 65 and the
denominator of which is 12.

            The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered
by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment
without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period. If
the Company fails to pay the Executive the lump sum amount due him hereunder or
to provide him with the health, hospitalization and medical insurance, life
disability or BEP benefits due under this section or the payments under Section
12, the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
on a monthly basis as incurred all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred in connection with his enforcement against the Company of the terms of
this Agreement. The Executive shall be denied payment of his legal fees and
expenses only if a court finds that the Executive sought payment of such fees
without reasonable cause and not in good faith.

            54. Resignation Without Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled
to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract
Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be
entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be
employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the 


                                       81
<PAGE>

other benefits provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless
in writing with four weeks' notice thereof.

            55. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information.

                  a. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. Except in the
course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not,
at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any
confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all
information concerning the identity of and the Company's relations with its
customers is confidential information.

                  b. Specific Performance. Executive agrees that the Company
does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this section and
agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a
result of the breach of this section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the
remaining valid portions. No alleged breach of this Section 11 shall give the
Company the right to withhold or offset against any payments due the Executive
under this Agreement.

                  c. Survival. This section shall survive the termination of the
Executive's employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement.

            16. Gross Up for Taxes.

                  a. Additional Payments. If, for any taxable year, Executive
shall be liable for the payment of an excise tax under Section 4999 or other
substitute or similar tax assessment (the "Excise Tax") of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), including the corresponding provisions of
any succeeding law, with respect to any payments or 


                                       82
<PAGE>

benefits under Section 9 of this Agreement or Sections 7 or 8 or any other
provision of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 12 or
under any benefit plan of the Company applicable to Executive individually or
generally to executives or employees of the Company, then, notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an
additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payment") such that the net amount retained by
the Executive, after deduction of the Excise Tax imposed on all such payments
and benefits and of the federal, state and local income tax and Excise Tax
imposed upon payments provided for in this Section 12, shall be equal to the
payments and benefits due to the Executive hereunder and the payments and/or
benefits due to the Executive under any benefit plan of the Company. Each
Gross-Up Payment shall be made to Executive or as provided in Section 16 hereof,
upon the later of (i) five (5) days after the date the Executive notifies the
Company of its need to make such Gross-Up Payment, or (ii) the date of any
payment causing the liability for such Excise Tax. The amount of any Gross-Up
Payment under this section shall be computed by a nationally recognized
certified public accounting firm designated jointly by the Company and the
Executive. The cost of such services by the accounting firm shall be paid by the
Company. If the Company and the Executive are unable to designate jointly the
accounting firm, then the firm shall be the accounting firm used by the Company
immediately prior to the Change in Control.

                  b. IRS Disputed Claims. The Executive shall notify the company
in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that, if
successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment in
addition to that payment previously paid by the Company pursuant to this
section. Such notification shall be given an soon as practicable but no later
than fifteen (15) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of
such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim, the date
on which such claim is requested to 


                                       83
<PAGE>

be paid, and attach a copy of the IRS notice. The Executive shall not pay such
claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period following the date
on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period
ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).
If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such
period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

                        (i) Give the Company any information reasonably
      requested by the Company relating to such claim;

                        (ii) Take such action in connection with contesting such
      claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to
      time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with
      respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

                        (iii) Cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
      effectively to contest such claim; and

                        (iv) Permit the Company to participate in any
      proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however that the Company
      shall pay directly all costs and expenses (including legal and accounting
      fees, as well as other expenses and any additional interest and penalties)
      incurred by the Executive and the Company in connection with an IRS levy,
      contest or claim.

                  c. This Section shall survive the termination of Executive's
employment hereunder and the expiration of the Contract Period.

            33. Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

                  a. Term. This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and
shall remain in effect for a period of 3 years from the date hereof (the
"Initial Term") or until the end of 


                                       84
<PAGE>

the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically
extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so
that the Initial Term on any anniversary date is always 3 years) unless prior to
a Change in Control the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank notifies the
Executive in writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which
case the Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) 3 years after the date
hereof, or (ii) 2 years after the date of such written notice. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, the Initial Term shall cease when the
Executive attains age 65.

                  b. No Effect Prior to Change in Control. This Agreement shall
not affect any rights of the Company or the Executive prior to a Change in
Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or
contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided
hereunder shall only become effective upon a Change in Control. If the full-time
employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a
Change in Control, this Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and
effect.

            34. Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other
Benefits. Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment
or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or
privileges to Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or
derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have
under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if
the Executive receives the lump sum severance payment due under paragraph 9
hereof, the Executive shall not be entitled to the lump sum severance payment
due under paragraph 1 of the Severance Agreement (the "Severance Agreement"),
dated January 1, 1998, between the Company and the Executive, or to severance
payments under any other plan or program of the Company providing for severance
pay, and shall not be entitled to health, hospital and other benefits under
paragraph 2 of the 


                                       85
<PAGE>

Severance Agreement to the extent such post-employment benefits duplicate
benefits provided hereunder.

            35. Notice. During the Contract Period, any notice of termination of
the employment of the Executive by the Company or by the Executive to the
Company shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall
mean a dated notice which shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision
in this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth, if necessary, in reasonable
detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of
the employment of the Executive or from the Company under the provision so
indicated; (iii) specify a date of termination, which shall be not less than two
weeks nor more than six weeks after such Notice of Termination is given, except
in the case of termination of employment by the Company of the Executive for
Cause pursuant to Section 6 hereof, in which case the Notice of Termination may
specify a date of termination as of the date such Notice of Termination is
given; and (iv) be given by personal delivery or, if the individual is not
personally available, by certified mail to the last known address of the
individual. Upon the death of the Executive, no Notice of Termination need be
given.

            36. Payroll and Withholding Taxes. All payments to be made or
benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable
federal and state payroll or withholding taxes. Any Gross-Up Payment to be made
by the Company may be made in the form of withholding taxes, but shall be timely
directed to the IRS (or any state division of taxation) on the Executive's
behalf.

            37. Miscellaneous. This Agreement is the joint and several
obligation of the Bank and Valley. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed
by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws
of New Jersey. Except as set forth herein, this 


                                       86
<PAGE>

Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to the
matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior agreement with the Company
concerning Change in Control benefits. The parties hereto expressly agree that
the Change in Control Agreement among the Executive, the Bank and Valley, dated
as of January 1, 1998, is hereby terminated, effective the date hereof. Except
as expressly specified in Section 14 with regard to the Severance Agreement,
this Agreement does not effect or reduce the benefits or obligations of the
parties under the Severance Agreement (or any supplement or amendment to or
replacement for that Agreement). The amendment or termination of this Agreement
may be made only in a writing executed by the Company and the Executive, and no
amendment or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless and until
made in such a writing. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or
otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This
Agreement is personal to the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of
his rights or duties hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement
may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to
produce or account for more than one such counterpart.


                                       87
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Valley National Bank and Valley National Bancorp
each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized
representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the
Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year
first written above.

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

ATTEST:                                 VALLEY NATIONAL BANK


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                       By:   /s/ Robert McEntee
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                   Robert McEntee, Chairman of
                                           the Compensation Committee

WITNESS:


/s/ Gerald H. Lipkin                          /s/ Peter Crocitto
- -------------------------------            -------------------------------------
Gerald H. Lipkin                           Peter Crocitto, Executive



                                       88


                           CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT
                             (Senior Vice President)

            THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), is made as of this 4th
day of January, 1999, among VALLEY NATIONAL BANK ("Bank"), a national banking
association with its principal office at 615 Main Avenue, Passaic, New Jersey,
VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP ("Valley"), a New Jersey Corporation which maintains its
principal office at 1445 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey (Valley and the Bank
collectively are the "Company") and ALAN D. ESKOW (the "Executive").

                                   BACKGROUND

            WHEREAS, the Executive has been continuously employed by the Bank
for at least three full years;

            WHEREAS, the Executive throughout his tenure has worked diligently
in his position in the business of the Bank and Valley;

            WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank and Valley believe that
the future services of the Executive are of great value to the Bank and Valley
and that it is important for the growth and development of the Bank that the
Executive continue in his position;

            WHEREAS, if the Company receives any proposal from a third person
concerning a possible business combination with, or acquisition of equities
securities of, the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
believes it is imperative that the Company and the Board be able to rely upon
the Executive to continue in his position, and that they be able to receive 


                                       1
<PAGE>

and rely upon his advice, if they request it, as to the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders, without concern that the Executive might be
distracted by the personal uncertainties and risks created by such a proposal;

            WHEREAS, to achieve that goal, and to retain the Executive's
services prior to any such activity, the Board of Directors and the Executive
have agreed to enter into this Agreement to govern the Executive's termination
benefits in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as hereinafter
defined.

            NOW, THEREFORE, to assure the Company that it will have the
continued dedication of the Executive and the availability of his advice and
counsel notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a bid to take
over control of the Company, and to induce the Executive to remain in the employ
of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company and
the Executive, each intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

            1. Definitions

                  a. Base Salary. "Base Salary", as used in Section 9 hereof,
means the annual cash base salary (excluding any bonus and the value of any
fringe benefits) paid to the Executive at the time of the termination of
employment unless such amount has been reduced after a Change in Control, in
which case such amount shall be the highest base salary in effect during the 18
months prior to the Change in Control.

                  b. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement "Cause" with respect
to the termination by the Company of Executive's employment shall mean (i)
willful and continued 


                                       2
<PAGE>

failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the Company under this
Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the Company's Board of
Directors identifying specifically any such failure; (ii) the willful engaging
by the Executive in misconduct which causes material injury to the Company as
specified in a written notice to the Executive from the Board of Directors; or
(iii) conviction of a crime, other than a traffic violation, habitual
drunkenness, drug abuse, or excessive absenteeism other than for illness, after
a warning (with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the
Board of Directors to refrain from such behavior. No act or failure to act on
the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to
be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that
the action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

                  c. Change in Control. "Change in Control" means any of the
following events: (i) when Valley or a Subsidiary acquires actual knowledge that
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act), other than an affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit
plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Valley
representing more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of
Valley's then outstanding securities (a "Control Person"), (ii) upon the first
purchase of Valley's common stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer (other
than a tender or exchange offer made by Valley, a Subsidiary or an employee
benefit plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates), (iii) 


                                       3
<PAGE>

upon the approval by Valley's stockholders of (A) a merger or consolidation of
Valley with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation
which is approved by at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as
hereinafter defined) or the definitive agreement for which provides that at
least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation
immediately after the transaction are Continuing Directors (in either case, a
"Non-Control Transaction")), (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially
all of Valley's assets or (C) a plan of liquidation or dissolution of Valley,
(iv) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constitute the Board (the "Continuing Directors") cease
for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof or, following a
Non-Control Transaction, two-thirds of the board of directors of the surviving
or resulting corporation; provided that any individual whose election or
nomination for election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control
Transaction, the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation)
was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then
in office shall be considered a Continuing Director, or (v) upon a sale of (A)
common stock of the Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in
Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Valley, an employee
benefit plan established or maintained by Valley or a Subsidiary, or an
affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank's common stock
or (B) all or substantially all of the Bank's assets (other than in the ordinary
course of business). No person shall be considered a Control Person for purposes
of clause (i) above if (A) such person is or becomes the beneficial owner,
directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) but less than twenty-five
percent (25%) of the combined voting power 


                                       4
<PAGE>

of Valley's then outstanding securities if the acquisition of all voting
securities in excess of ten percent (10%) was approved in advance by a majority
of the Continuing Directors then in office or (B) such person acquires in excess
of ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of Valley's then outstanding
voting securities in violation of law and by order of a court of competent
jurisdiction, settlement or otherwise, disposes or is required to dispose of all
securities acquired in violation of law.

                  d. Continuously Employed. "Continuously employed", as used in
Section 9, means continuously employed by the Bank but excludes any period of
employment by a bank or financial institution acquired by or merged into the
Bank and excludes any period of employment by the Bank if such period is
separated from the current employment with the Bank by a break in service (other
a break in service resulting solely from illness, disability or family leave).

                  e. Contract Period. "Contract Period" shall mean the period
commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the
earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the date
the Executive would attain age 65 or (iii) the death of the Executive. For the
purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred
at the date specified in the definition of Change-in-Control.

                  f. Exchange Act. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                  g. Good Reason. When used with reference to a voluntary
termination by Executive of his employment with the Company, "Good Reason" shall
mean any of the following, 


                                       5
<PAGE>

if taken without Executive's express written consent:

                        (1) The assignment to Executive of any duties
inconsistent with, or the reduction of powers or functions associated with,
Executive's position, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company
immediately prior to a Change in Control. A change in title or positions
resulting merely from a merger of the Company into or with another bank or
company which does not downgrade in any way the Executive's powers, duties and
responsibilities shall not meet the requirements of this paragraph;

                        (2)   A  reduction  by  the  Company  in   Executive's
annual base compensation as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control
or the failure to award Executive annual increases in accordance herewith;

                        (3) A failure by the Company to continue any bonus
plan in which Executive participated immediately prior to the Change in control
or a failure by the Company to continue Executive as a participant in such plan
on at least the same basis as Executive participated in such plan prior to the
Change in Control;

                        (4) The Company's transfer of Executive to another
geographic location more than 35 miles from his present office location, except
for required travel on the Company's business to an extent substantially
consistent with Executive's business travel obligations immediately prior to
such Change in Control;

                        (5) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any
employee benefit plan, program or arrangement (including, without limitation the
Company's 


                                       6
<PAGE>

retirement plan, benefit equalization plan, life insurance plan, health and
accident plan, disability plan, deferred compensation plan or long term stock
incentive plan) in which Executive is participating immediately prior to a
Change in Control (except that the Company may institute or continue plans,
programs or arrangements providing Executive with substantially similar
benefits); the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect
Executive's participation in or materially reduce Executive's benefits under,
any of such plans, programs or arrangements; the failure to continue, or the
taking of any action which would deprive Executive, of any material fringe
benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior to such Change in Control; or the
failure by the Company to provide Executive with the number of paid vacation
days to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such Change in
Control;

                        (6) The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption
in writing of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any
successor to the Company and to provide such assumption to the Executive prior
to any Change in Control; or

                        (7) Any purported termination of Executive's employment
by the Company during the term of this Agreement which is not effected pursuant
to all of the requirements of this Agreement; and, for purposes of this
Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

                  h. Pro-rata Bonus Amount. "Pro-rata Bonus Amount", as used in
Section 9, means an amount equal to a "portion" of the highest cash bonus paid
to the Executive in the three calendar years immediately prior to the Change in
Control. The "portion" of such cash bonus shall 


                                       7
<PAGE>

be a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar months or part
thereof which the Executive has worked in the calendar year in which the
termination occurs and the denominator of which is 12.

                  i. Subsidiary. "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an
unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Valley, if each of the
corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock
possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

            2. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

            3. Position. During the Contract Period the Executive shall be
employed by the bank as a Senior Officer, or such other corporate or divisional
profit center as shall then be the principal successor to the business, assets
and properties of the Company, with substantially the same title and the same
duties and responsibilities as before the Change in Control. The Executive shall
devote his full time and attention to the business of the Company, and shall not
during the Contract Period be engaged in any other business activity. This
paragraph shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from managing any
investments of his which do not require any service on his part in the operation
of such investments.

            4. Cash Compensation. The Company shall pay to the Executive
compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:


                                       8
<PAGE>

                  a. Base Salary. A base annual salary equal to the annual
salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable
in installments in accordance with the Company's usual payroll method.

                  b. Annual Bonus. An annual cash bonus equal to at least the
average of the bonuses paid to the Executive in the three years prior to the
Change in Control. The bonus shall be payable at the time and in the manner
which the Company paid such bonuses prior to the Change in Control.

                  c. Annual Review. The Board of Directors of the Company during
the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which
the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive's compensation and shall
award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive's performance, the
performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as
determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

            5. Expenses and Fringe Benefits.

                  a. Expenses. During the Contract Period, the Executive shall
be entitled to reimbursement for all business expenses incurred by him with
respect to the business of the Company in the same manner and to the same extent
as such expenses were previously reimbursed to him immediately prior to the
Change in Control.

                  b. Benefit Equalization Plan. During the Contract Period, if
the Executive was entitled to benefits under the Company's Benefit Equalization
Plan ("BEP") prior to the Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to
continued benefits under the BEP after the 


                                       9
<PAGE>

Change in Control and such BEP may not be modified to reduce or eliminate such
benefits during the Contract Period.

                  c. Club Membership and Automobile. If prior to the Change in
Control, the Executive was entitled to membership in a country club and/or the
use of an automobile, he shall be entitled to the same membership and/or use of
an automobile at least comparable to the automobile provided to him prior to the
Change in Control.

                  d. Other Benefits. The Executive also shall be entitled to
vacations and sick days, in accordance with the practices and procedures of the
Company, as such existed immediately prior to the Change in Control. During the
Contract Period, the Executive also shall be entitled to hospital, health,
medical and life insurance, and any other benefits enjoyed, from time to time,
by senior officers of the Company, all upon terms as favorable as those enjoyed
by other senior officers of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this
paragraph 5(d) to the contrary, if the Company adopts any change in the benefits
provided for senior officers of the Company, and such policy is uniformly
applied to all officers of the Company (and any successor or acquiror of the
Company, if any), then no such change shall be deemed to be contrary to this
paragraph.

            6. Termination for Cause. The Company shall have the right to
terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice to him of the termination
which notice shall specify the reasons for the termination. In the event of
termination for Cause the Executive shall not be entitled to any further
benefits under this Agreement.

            7. Disability. During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes


                                       10
<PAGE>

permanently disabled, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for 4
consecutive months in any 12 month period, the Company may terminate the
employment of the Executive. In such event, the Executive shall not be entitled
to any further benefits under this Agreement.

            8. Death Benefits. Upon the Executive's death during the Contract
Period, his estate shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this
Agreement.

            9. Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. The
Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by
written notice to the Executive providing four weeks notice. The Executive may
resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon four weeks' written
notice to the Company specifying facts and circumstances claimed to support the
Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled to give a Notice of Termination
that his or her employment is being terminated for Good Reason at any time
during the Contract Period, not later than twelve months after any occurrence of
an event stated to constitute Good Reason. If the Company terminates the
Executive's employment during the Contract Period without Cause or if the
Executive Resigns for Good Reason, the Company shall, subject to section 12
hereof:


                                       11
<PAGE>

                  a. Within 20 business days of the termination of employment
pay the Executive a lump sum equal to: (i), if the Executive has been
continuously employed by the Bank for 6 full years or more, two (2) years of
Base Salary plus a Pro-rata Bonus Amount or (ii), if the Executive has been
continuously employed by the Bank for less than 6 full years but more than three
years, then one (1) year of Base Salary plus a Pro-rata Bonus Amount; and

                  b. Continue to provide the Executive with medical, dental and
life insurance for the period equal to the equivalent lump sum payment (e.g. 1
or 2 years) as were provided at the time of termination of his employment with
the Company, at the Company's cost. Upon expiration of benefit coverages, full
COBRA benefits (18 months) will be made available to Executive.

            The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered
by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment
without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period. If
the Company fails to pay the Executive the lump sum amount due him hereunder or
to provide him with the health, hospitalization and insurance benefits due under
this section, the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with his
enforcement against the Company of the terms of this Agreement. The Executive
shall be denied payment of his legal fees and expenses only if a court finds
that the Executive sought payment of such fees without reasonable cause.

            10. Resignation Without Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled
to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contact
Period without Good 


                                       12
<PAGE>

Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be entitled to any
additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be employed by the
Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the other benefits provided
hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless in writing with four
weeks' notice thereof.

            11. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information.

                  a. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. Except in the
course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not,
at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any
confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all
information concerning the identity of and the Company's relations with its
customers is confidential information.

                  b. Specific Performance. Executive agrees that the Company
does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this section and
agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a
result of the breach of this section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the
remaining valid portions.

                  c. Survival. This section shall survive the termination of the
Executive's employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement.

            12. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Company.

                  a. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,
prior to the 


                                       13
<PAGE>

payment of any lump sum amount payable hereunder, the certified public
accountants of the Company immediately prior to a Change of Control (the
"Certified Public Accountants) shall determine as promptly as practical and in
any event within 20 business days following the termination of employment of
Executive whether any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the
benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or
distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (a
"Payment") would more likely than not be nondeductible by the Company for
Federal income purposes because of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), and if it is then the aggregate present value of
amounts payable or distributable to or for the benefit of Executive pursuant to
this Agreement (such payments or distributions pursuant to this Agreement are
thereinafter referred to as "Agreement Payments") shall be reduced (but not
below zero) to the reduced Amount. For purposes of this paragraph, the "Reduced
Amount" shall be an amount expressed in present value which maximizes the
aggregate present value of Agreement Payments without causing any Payment to be
nondeductible by the Company because of said Section 280G of the Code.

                  b. If under paragraph (a) of this section the Certified Public
Accountants determine that any Payment would more likely than not be
nondeductible by the Company because of Section 280G of the Code, the Company
shall promptly give the Executive notice to that effect and a copy of the
detailed calculation thereof and of the Reduced Amount, and the Executive may
then elect, in his sole discretion, which and how much of the Agreement Payments
shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the aggregate
present value of the Agreement Payments equals the Reduced Amount), and shall
advise the Company in writing of his election 


                                       14
<PAGE>

within 20 business days of his receipt of notice. If no such election is made by
the Executive within such 20-day period, the Company may elect which and how
much of the Agreement Payments shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after
such election the Aggregate present Value of the Agreement Payments equals the
Reduced Amount) and shall notify the Executive promptly of such election. For
purposes of this paragraph, present Value shall be determined in accordance with
Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. All determinations made by the Certified Public
Accountants shall be binding upon the Company and Executive shall be made within
20 business days of a termination of employment of Executive. With the consent
of the Executive, the Company may suspend part or all of the lump sum payment
due under Section 9 hereof and any other payments due to the Executive hereunder
until the Certified Public Accountants finish the determination and the
Executive (or the Company, as the case may be) elect how to reduce the Agreement
Payments, if necessary. As promptly as practicable following such determination
and the elections hereunder, the Company shall pay to or distribute to or for
the benefit of Executive such amounts as are then due to Executive under this
Agreement and shall promptly pay to or distribute for the benefit of Executive
in the future such amounts as become due to Executive under this Agreement.

                  c. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of
Section 280G of the Code, it is possible that Agreement Payments may have been
made by the Company which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or that
additional Agreement Payments which will have not been made by the Company could
have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the calculation
of the Reduced Amount hereunder. In the event that the Certified Public
Accountants, based upon the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue
Service against the 


                                       15
<PAGE>

Company or Executive which said Certified Public Accountants believe has a high
probability of success, determines that an Overpayment has been made, any such
Overpayment shall be treated for all purposes as a loan to Executive which
Executive shall repay to the Company together with interest at the applicable
Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code; provided,
however, that no amount shall be payable by Executive to the Company in and for
the extent such payment would not reduce the amount which is subject to taxation
under Section 4999 of the Code. In the event that the Certified Public
Accountants, based upon controlling precedent, determine that an Underpayment
has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or
for the benefit of the Executive together with interest at the applicable
Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code.

            13. Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

                  a. Term. Except as otherwise provided for hereunder, this
Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall remain in effect for a
period of 3 years from the date hereof (the "Initial Term") or until the end of
the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically
extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so
that the Initial Term is always 3 years) unless, prior to a Change in Control,
the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Bank notifies the Executive in
writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which case the
Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) 3 years after the date hereof, or
(ii) twenty-four months after the date of such written notice. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, the Initial Term shall cease when the
Executive attains age 65.


                                       16
<PAGE>

                  b. No Effect Prior to Change in Control. This Agreement shall
not effect any rights of the Company to terminate the Executive prior to a
Change in Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement
or contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided
hereunder shall only become effective upon and after a Change in Control. If the
full-time employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason
prior to a Change in Control, this Agreement shall thereafter be of no further
force and effect.

            14. Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other
Benefits. Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment
or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or
privileges to Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or
derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have
under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if
the Executive received any payment hereunder, he shall not be entitled to any
payment under the Company's severance policy for officers and directors.

            15. Miscellaneous. This Agreement is the joint and several
obligation of the Bank and Valley. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed
by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws
of New Jersey. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings
with respect to the matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior
agreement with the Company concerning change in control benefits. The amendment
or termination of this Agreement may be made only in a writing executed by the
Company and the Executive, and no amendment or termination of this Agreement
shall be effective unless and until made in such a writing. This Agreement shall
be binding upon any successor (whether direct or 


                                       17
<PAGE>

indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company. This Agreement is personal to
the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of his rights or duties
hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Executive's legal
representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement may be executed in
two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it
shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account
for more than one such counterpart.


                                       18
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Valley National Bank and Valley National Bancorp
each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized
representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the
Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year
first written above.

ATTEST:                             VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP


/s/ Jack Blackin                    By: /s/ Gerald H. Lipkin
- --------------------------------        -----------------------------------
Jack Blackin, Asst. Secretary           Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman
                                        of the Board, President & CEO

ATTEST:                             VALLEY NATIONAL BANK

/s/ Jack Blackin                    By: /s/ Gerald H. Lipkin
- --------------------------------        -----------------------------------
Jack Blackin, Asst. Secretary           Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman
                                        of the Board, President & CEO

WITNESS:

                                    By: /s/ Alan D. Eskow
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Alan D. Eskow, Executive

April 10, 1990
- --------------------------------
"Executive" Valley
National Bank
Service Date


                                       19
<PAGE>

                           CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT
                          (FIRST SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT)

            THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), is made as of this 4th
day of January, 1999, among VALLEY NATIONAL BANK ("Bank"), a national banking
association with its principal office at 615 Main Avenue, Passaic, New Jersey,
VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP ("Valley"), a New Jersey Corporation which maintains its
principal office at 1445 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey (Valley and the Bank
collectively are the "Company") and ROBERT FARNON (the "Executive").

                                   BACKGROUND

            WHEREAS, the Executive has been continuously employed by the Bank
for at least three full years;

            WHEREAS, the Executive throughout his tenure has worked diligently
in his position in the business of the Bank and Valley;

            WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank and Valley believe that
the future services of the Executive are of great value to the Bank and Valley
and that it is important for the growth and development of the Bank that the
Executive continue in his position;

            WHEREAS, if the Company receives any proposal from a third person
concerning a possible business combination with, or acquisition of equities
securities of, the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
believes it is imperative that the Company and the Board be able to rely upon
the Executive to continue in his position, and that they be able to receive


                                       20
<PAGE>

and rely upon his advice, if they request it, as to the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders, without concern that the Executive might be
distracted by the personal uncertainties and risks created by such a proposal;

            WHEREAS, to achieve that goal, and to retain the Executive's
services prior to any such activity, the Board of Directors and the Executive
have agreed to enter into this Agreement to govern the Executive's termination
benefits in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as hereinafter
defined.

            NOW, THEREFORE, to assure the Company that it will have the
continued dedication of the Executive and the availability of his advice and
counsel notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a bid to take
over control of the Company, and to induce the Executive to remain in the employ
of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company and
the Executive, each intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

            1. Definitions

                  a. Base Salary. "Base Salary", as used in Section 9 hereof,
means the annual cash base salary (excluding any bonus and the value of any
fringe benefits) paid to the Executive at the time of the termination of
employment unless such amount has been reduced after a Change in Control, in
which case such amount shall be the highest base salary in effect during the 18
months prior to the Change in Control.

                  b. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement "Cause" with respect
to the termination by the Company of Executive's employment shall mean (i)
willful and continued 


                                       21
<PAGE>

failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the Company under this
Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the Company's Board of
Directors identifying specifically any such failure; (ii) the willful engaging
by the Executive in misconduct which causes material injury to the Company as
specified in a written notice to the Executive from the Board of Directors; or
(iii) conviction of a crime, other than a traffic violation, habitual
drunkenness, drug abuse, or excessive absenteeism other than for illness, after
a warning (with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the
Board of Directors to refrain from such behavior. No act or failure to act on
the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to
be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that
the action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

                  c. Change in Control. "Change in Control" means any of the
following events: (i) when Valley or a Subsidiary acquires actual knowledge that
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act), other than an affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit
plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Valley
representing more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of
Valley's then outstanding securities (a "Control Person"), (ii) upon the first
purchase of Valley's common stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer (other
than a tender or exchange offer made by Valley, a Subsidiary or an employee
benefit plan established or maintained by Valley, a Subsidiary or any of their
respective affiliates), (iii) 


                                       22
<PAGE>

upon the approval by Valley's stockholders of (A) a merger or consolidation of
Valley with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation
which is approved by at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as
hereinafter defined) or the definitive agreement for which provides that at
least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation
immediately after the transaction are Continuing Directors (in either case, a
"Non-Control Transaction")), (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially
all of Valley's assets or (C) a plan of liquidation or dissolution of Valley,
(iv) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constitute the Board (the "Continuing Directors") cease
for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof or, following a
Non-Control Transaction, two-thirds of the board of directors of the surviving
or resulting corporation; provided that any individual whose election or
nomination for election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control
Transaction, the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation)
was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then
in office shall be considered a Continuing Director, or (v) upon a sale of (A)
common stock of the Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in
Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Valley, an employee
benefit plan established or maintained by Valley or a Subsidiary, or an
affiliate of Valley or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank's common stock
or (B) all or substantially all of the Bank's assets (other than in the ordinary
course of business). No person shall be considered a Control Person for purposes
of clause (i) above if (A) such person is or becomes the beneficial owner,
directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) but less than twenty-five
percent (25%) of the combined voting power 


                                       23
<PAGE>

of Valley's then outstanding securities if the acquisition of all voting
securities in excess of ten percent (10%) was approved in advance by a majority
of the Continuing Directors then in office or (B) such person acquires in excess
of ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of Valley's then outstanding
voting securities in violation of law and by order of a court of competent
jurisdiction, settlement or otherwise, disposes or is required to dispose of all
securities acquired in violation of law.

                  d. Continuously Employed. "Continuously employed", as used in
Section 9, means continuously employed by the Bank but excludes any period of
employment by a bank or financial institution acquired by or merged into the
Bank and excludes any period of employment by the Bank if such period is
separated from the current employment with the Bank by a break in service (other
a break in service resulting solely from illness, disability or family leave).

                  e. Contract Period. "Contract Period" shall mean the period
commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the
earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the date
the Executive would attain age 65 or (iii) the death of the Executive. For the
purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred
at the date specified in the definition of Change-in-Control.

                  f. Exchange Act. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                  g. Good Reason. When used with reference to a voluntary
termination by Executive of his employment with the Company, "Good Reason" shall
mean any of the following, 


                                       24
<PAGE>

if taken without Executive's express written consent:

                        (1) The assignment to Executive of any duties
inconsistent with, or the reduction of powers or functions associated with,
Executive's position, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company
immediately prior to a Change in Control. A change in title or positions
resulting merely from a merger of the Company into or with another bank or
company which does not downgrade in any way the Executive's powers, duties and
responsibilities shall not meet the requirements of this paragraph;

                        (2) A reduction by the Company in Executive's annual
base compensation as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or the
failure to award Executive annual increases in accordance herewith;

                        (3) A failure by the Company to continue any bonus plan
in which Executive participated immediately prior to the Change in control or a
failure by the Company to continue Executive as a participant in such plan on at
least the same basis as Executive participated in such plan prior to the Change
in Control;

                        (4) The Company's transfer of Executive to another
geographic location more than 35 miles from his present office location, except
for required travel on the Company's business to an extent substantially
consistent with Executive's business travel obligations immediately prior to
such Change in Control;

                        (5) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any
employee benefit plan, program or arrangement (including, without limitation the
Company's 


                                       25
<PAGE>

retirement plan, benefit equalization plan, life insurance plan, health and
accident plan, disability plan, deferred compensation plan or long term stock
incentive plan) in which Executive is participating immediately prior to a
Change in Control (except that the Company may institute or continue plans,
programs or arrangements providing Executive with substantially similar
benefits); the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect
Executive's participation in or materially reduce Executive's benefits under,
any of such plans, programs or arrangements; the failure to continue, or the
taking of any action which would deprive Executive, of any material fringe
benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior to such Change in Control; or the
failure by the Company to provide Executive with the number of paid vacation
days to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such Change in
Control;

                        (6) The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption
in writing of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any
successor to the Company and to provide such assumption to the Executive prior
to any Change in Control; or

                        (7) Any purported termination of Executive's employment
by the Company during the term of this Agreement which is not effected pursuant
to all of the requirements of this Agreement; and, for purposes of this
Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

                  h. Pro-rata Bonus Amount. "Pro-rata Bonus Amount", as used in
Section 9, means an amount equal to a "portion" of the highest cash bonus paid
to the Executive in the three calendar years immediately prior to the Change in
Control. The "portion" of such cash bonus shall 


                                       26
<PAGE>

be a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar months or part
thereof which the Executive has worked in the calendar year in which the
termination occurs and the denominator of which is 12.

                  i. Subsidiary. "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an
unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Valley, if each of the
corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock
possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

            2. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

            3. Position. During the Contract Period the Executive shall be
employed by the bank as a Senior Officer, or such other corporate or divisional
profit center as shall then be the principal successor to the business, assets
and properties of the Company, with substantially the same title and the same
duties and responsibilities as before the Change in Control. The Executive shall
devote his full time and attention to the business of the Company, and shall not
during the Contract Period be engaged in any other business activity. This
paragraph shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from managing any
investments of his which do not require any service on his part in the operation
of such investments.

            4. Cash Compensation. The Company shall pay to the Executive
compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:


                                       27
<PAGE>

                  a. Base Salary. A base annual salary equal to the annual
salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable
in installments in accordance with the Company's usual payroll method.

                  b. Annual Bonus. An annual cash bonus equal to at least the
average of the bonuses paid to the Executive in the three years prior to the
Change in Control. The bonus shall be payable at the time and in the manner
which the Company paid such bonuses prior to the Change in Control.

                  c. Annual Review. The Board of Directors of the Company during
the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which
the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive's compensation and shall
award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive's performance, the
performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as
determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

            5. Expenses and Fringe Benefits.

                  a. Expenses. During the Contract Period, the Executive shall
be entitled to reimbursement for all business expenses incurred by him with
respect to the business of the Company in the same manner and to the same extent
as such expenses were previously reimbursed to him immediately prior to the
Change in Control.

                  b. Benefit Equalization Plan. During the Contract Period, if
the Executive was entitled to benefits under the Company's Benefit Equalization
Plan ("BEP") prior to the Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to
continued benefits under the BEP after the


                                       28
<PAGE>

Change in Control and such BEP may not be modified to reduce or eliminate such
benefits during the Contract Period.

                  c. Club Membership and Automobile. If prior to the Change in
Control, the Executive was entitled to membership in a country club and/or the
use of an automobile, he shall be entitled to the same membership and/or use of
an automobile at least comparable to the automobile provided to him prior to the
Change in Control.

                  d. Other Benefits. The Executive also shall be entitled to
vacations and sick days, in accordance with the practices and procedures of the
Company, as such existed immediately prior to the Change in Control. During the
Contract Period, the Executive also shall be entitled to hospital, health,
medical and life insurance, and any other benefits enjoyed, from time to time,
by senior officers of the Company, all upon terms as favorable as those enjoyed
by other senior officers of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this
paragraph 5(d) to the contrary, if the Company adopts any change in the benefits
provided for senior officers of the Company, and such policy is uniformly
applied to all officers of the Company (and any successor or acquiror of the
Company, if any), then no such change shall be deemed to be contrary to this
paragraph.

            6. Termination for Cause. The Company shall have the right to
terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice to him of the termination
which notice shall specify the reasons for the termination. In the event of
termination for Cause the Executive shall not be entitled to any further
benefits under this Agreement.

            7. Disability. During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes


                                       29
<PAGE>

permanently disabled, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for 4
consecutive months in any 12 month period, the Company may terminate the
employment of the Executive. In such event, the Executive shall not be entitled
to any further benefits under this Agreement.

            8. Death Benefits. Upon the Executive's death during the Contract
Period, his estate shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this
Agreement.

            9. Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. The
Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by
written notice to the Executive providing four weeks notice. The Executive may
resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon four weeks' written
notice to the Company specifying facts and circumstances claimed to support the
Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled to give a Notice of Termination
that his or her employment is being terminated for Good Reason at any time
during the Contract Period, not later than twelve months after any occurrence of
an event stated to constitute Good Reason. If the Company terminates the
Executive's employment during the Contract Period without Cause or if the
Executive Resigns for Good Reason, the Company shall, subject to section 12
hereof:

                  a. Within 20 business days of the termination of employment
pay the Executive a lump sum equal to: (i), if the Executive has been
continuously employed by the Bank for 6 full years or more, two (2) years of
Base Salary plus a Pro-rata Bonus Amount or (ii), if the Executive has been
continuously employed by the Bank for less than 6 full years but more than three
years, then one (1) year of Base Salary plus a Pro-rata Bonus Amount; and


                                       30
<PAGE>

                  b. Continue to provide the Executive with medical, dental and
life insurance for the period equal to the equivalent lump sum payment (e.g. 1
or 2 years) as were provided at the time of termination of his employment with
the Company, at the Company's cost. Upon expiration of benefit coverages, full
COBRA benefits (18 months) will be made available to Executive.

            The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered
by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment
without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period. If
the Company fails to pay the Executive the lump sum amount due him hereunder or
to provide him with the health, hospitalization and insurance benefits due under
this section, the Executive, after giving 10 days' written notice to the Company
identifying the Company's failure, shall be entitled to recover from the Company
all of his reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with his
enforcement against the Company of the terms of this Agreement. The Executive
shall be denied payment of his legal fees and expenses only if a court finds
that the Executive sought payment of such fees without reasonable cause.

            10. Resignation Without Good Reason. The Executive shall be entitled
to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contact
Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be
entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be
employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the other benefits
provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless in writing
with four weeks' notice thereof.

            11. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information.


                                       31
<PAGE>

                  a. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. Except in the
course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not,
at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any
confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all
information concerning the identity of and the Company's relations with its
customers is confidential information.

                  b. Specific Performance. Executive agrees that the Company
does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this section and
agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a
result of the breach of this section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the
remaining valid portions.

                  c. Survival. This section shall survive the termination of the
Executive's employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement.

            12. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Company.

                  a. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,
prior to the payment of any lump sum amount payable hereunder, the certified
public accountants of the Company immediately prior to a Change of Control (the
"Certified Public Accountants) shall determine as promptly as practical and in
any event within 20 business days following the termination of employment of
Executive whether any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the
benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or
distributable pursuant 


                                       32
<PAGE>

to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (a "Payment") would more likely
than not be nondeductible by the Company for Federal income purposes because of
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
if it is then the aggregate present value of amounts payable or distributable to
or for the benefit of Executive pursuant to this Agreement (such payments or
distributions pursuant to this Agreement are thereinafter referred to as
"Agreement Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the reduced
Amount. For purposes of this paragraph, the "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount
expressed in present value which maximizes the aggregate present value of
Agreement Payments without causing any Payment to be nondeductible by the
Company because of said Section 280G of the Code.

                  b. If under paragraph (a) of this section the Certified Public
Accountants determine that any Payment would more likely than not be
nondeductible by the Company because of Section 280G of the Code, the Company
shall promptly give the Executive notice to that effect and a copy of the
detailed calculation thereof and of the Reduced Amount, and the Executive may
then elect, in his sole discretion, which and how much of the Agreement Payments
shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the aggregate
present value of the Agreement Payments equals the Reduced Amount), and shall
advise the Company in writing of his election within 20 business days of his
receipt of notice. If no such election is made by the Executive within such
20-day period, the Company may elect which and how much of the Agreement
Payments shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the
Aggregate present Value of the Agreement Payments equals the Reduced Amount) and
shall notify the Executive promptly of such election. For purposes of this
paragraph, present Value shall be determined in accordance with 


                                       33
<PAGE>

Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. All determinations made by the Certified Public
Accountants shall be binding upon the Company and Executive shall be made within
20 business days of a termination of employment of Executive. With the consent
of the Executive, the Company may suspend part or all of the lump sum payment
due under Section 9 hereof and any other payments due to the Executive hereunder
until the Certified Public Accountants finish the determination and the
Executive (or the Company, as the case may be) elect how to reduce the Agreement
Payments, if necessary. As promptly as practicable following such determination
and the elections hereunder, the Company shall pay to or distribute to or for
the benefit of Executive such amounts as are then due to Executive under this
Agreement and shall promptly pay to or distribute for the benefit of Executive
in the future such amounts as become due to Executive under this Agreement.

                  c. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of
Section 280G of the Code, it is possible that Agreement Payments may have been
made by the Company which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or that
additional Agreement Payments which will have not been made by the Company could
have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the calculation
of the Reduced Amount hereunder. In the event that the Certified Public
Accountants, based upon the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue
Service against the Company or Executive which said Certified Public Accountants
believe has a high probability of success, determines that an Overpayment has
been made, any such Overpayment shall be treated for all purposes as a loan to
Executive which Executive shall repay to the Company together with interest at
the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code;
provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by Executive to the Company
in and for the extent such 


                                       34
<PAGE>

payment would not reduce the amount which is subject to taxation under Section
4999 of the Code. In the event that the Certified Public Accountants, based upon
controlling precedent, determine that an Underpayment has occurred, any such
Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the
Executive together with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in
Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code.

            13. Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

                  a. Term. Except as otherwise provided for hereunder, this
Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall remain in effect for a
period of 3 years from the date hereof (the "Initial Term") or until the end of
the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically
extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so
that the Initial Term is always 3 years) unless, prior to a Change in Control,
the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Bank notifies the Executive in
writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which case the
Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) 3 years after the date hereof, or
(ii) twenty-four months after the date of such written notice. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, the Initial Term shall cease when the
Executive attains age 65.

                  b. No Effect Prior to Change in Control. This Agreement shall
not effect any rights of the Company to terminate the Executive prior to a
Change in Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement
or contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided
hereunder shall only become effective upon and after a Change in Control. If the
full-time employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason


                                       35
<PAGE>

prior to a Change in Control, this Agreement shall thereafter be of no further
force and effect.

            14. Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other
Benefits. Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment
or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or
privileges to Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or
derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have
under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if
the Executive received any payment hereunder, he shall not be entitled to any
payment under the Company's severance policy for officers and directors.

            15. Miscellaneous. This Agreement is the joint and several
obligation of the Bank and Valley. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed
by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws
of New Jersey. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings
with respect to the matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior
agreement with the Company concerning change in control benefits. The amendment
or termination of this Agreement may be made only in a writing executed by the
Company and the Executive, and no amendment or termination of this Agreement
shall be effective unless and until made in such a writing. This Agreement shall
be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge,
consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and the
Executive may not assign any of his rights or duties hereunder but this
Agreement shall be enforceable by the Executive's legal representatives,
executors or administrators. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be
necessary 


                                       36
<PAGE>

in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such
counterpart.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Valley National Bank and Valley National Bancorp each
have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives
pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the Executive has
personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first written
above.

ATTEST:                             VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                   By: /s/ Gerald H. Lipkin
- --------------------------------        ----------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman
                                        of the Board, President & CEO


ATTEST:                             VALLEY NATIONAL BANK


/s/ Alan D. Eskow                   By: /s/ Gerald H. Lipkin
- --------------------------------        ----------------------------------------
Alan D. Eskow, Secretary                Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman
                                        of the Board, President & CEO

WITNESS:

/s/ Sheila Quick                        /s/ Robert Farnon
- --------------------------------        ----------------------------------------
Sheila Quick                                Robert Farnon, Executive

April 20, 1992

- -----------------------
"Executive" Valley
 National Bank
 Service Date


                                       37


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
Valley National Bancorp:

    We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements No.
33-52809, No. 33-61547, No. 33-56933, No. 333-65993 and No. 333-25419 on Form
S-8 of Valley National Bancorp of our report dated January 20, 1999 relating to
the consolidated statements of financial condition of Valley National Bancorp
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the related consolidated
statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998, which report
appears in the December 31, 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Valley National
Bancorp.

                                 /s/  KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey
February 26, 1999



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Gerald H. Lipkin and Peter Southway and each of
them, his attorney-in-fact, each with power of substitution, for him in any and
all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Valley National
Bancorp for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments,
and to file the same, with exhibits thereto with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said
attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done
by virtue thereof.

Signature                                      Date

/s/ GERALD H. LIPKIN                           February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman, President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director


/s/ PETER SOUTHWAY                             February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Peter Southway, Vice Chairman and
Director


/s/ ALAN D. ESKOW                              February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Alan D. Eskow, Senior Vice President,
Controller and Corporate Secretary


/s/ ANDREW B. ABRAMSON                         February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Andrew A. Abramson, Director


/s/ PAMELA BRONANDER                           February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Pamela Bronander, Director


/s/ JOSEPH COCCIA, JR.                         February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Joseph Coccia, Jr., Director

<PAGE>

/s/ HAROLD P. COOK, III                        February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Harold P. Cook, III, Director


/s/ AUSTIN C. DRUKKER                          February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Austin C. Drukker, Director


/s/ WILLARD L. HEDDEN                          February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Willard L. Hedden, Director


/s/ GRAHAM O. JONES                           February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Graham O. Jones, Director


/s/ WALTER H. JONES, III                       February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Walter H. Jones, III, Director


/s/ GERALD KORDE                               February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Gerald Korde, Director


/s/ JOLEEN J. MARTIN                           February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Joleen J. Martin, Director


/s/ ROBERT E. McENTEE                          February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Robert E. McEntee, Director


/s/ SAM P. PINYUH                              February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Sam P. Pinyuh, Director


/s/ ROBERT RACHESKY                            February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Robert Rachesky, Director


/s/ BARNETT RUKIN                              February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Barnett Rukin, Director


                                       2
<PAGE>

/s/ RICHARD F. TICE                            February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Richard F. Tice, Director


/s/ LEONARD J. VORCHEIMER                      February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Leonard J. Vorcheimer, Director


/s/ JOSEPH L. VOZZA                            February 16, 1999
- ----------------------------------------      
Joseph L. Vozza, Director


                                       3

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     9
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                  12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1998 
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1998 
<CASH>                                             175,794 
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                                   0 
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                   102,000 
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     1,592 
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                        927,481 
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                             237,410 
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                               238,421 
<LOANS>                                          3,977,850 
<ALLOWANCE>                                         49,868 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   5,541,207 
<DEPOSITS>                                       4,674,689 
<SHORT-TERM>                                        53,081 
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                 44,701 
<LONG-TERM>                                        212,949 
                                    0 
                                              0 
<COMMON>                                            24,424 
<OTHER-SE>                                         531,363 
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                   5,541,207 
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                    316,502 
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                   66,836 
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                     6,318 
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                   389,656 
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                 148,767 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 160,104 
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                              229,552 
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                       12,370 
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   1,418 
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                    134,757 
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    125,498 
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                         125,498 
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0 
<CHANGES>                                                0 
<NET-INCOME>                                        97,348 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                         1.77 
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         1.75 
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                        4.60 
<LOANS-NON>                                          7,063 
<LOANS-PAST>                                         7,359 
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     5,127 
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      2,700 
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                    48,542 
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                       13,668 
<RECOVERIES>                                         2,624 
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                   49,868 
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                38,554 
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                    111 
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                             11,203 
                                               


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission